As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2022.

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Elate Group, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

4214

87-2778989

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

305 Broadway, Floor 7

New York, NY 10007

(212) 920-4450

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Kevin Britt

Chief Executive Officer

Elate Group, Inc.

305 Broadway, Floor 7

New York, NY 10007 (212) 920-4450

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

Copies to:


Peter V. Hogan				Anthony W. Basch
Zachary R. Fountas				Alexander W. Powell
Buchalter				Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.
A Professional Corporation				Two James Center, 14^th Floor
1000 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1500				1021 East Cary St.
Los Angeles, California 90017				Richmond, Virginia 23219
(213) 891-0700				(804) 771-5700

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion,

Preliminary Prospectus dated [ ], 2022

Up to [ ] Common Units, each consisting of One Share of Class A common Stock and One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Class A Common Stock

Up to [ ] Pre-funded Units, each consisting of a Pre-funded Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock

Elate Group, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

This is Elate Group, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are offering [ ] units (the “Common Units”), each Common Unit consisting of one share of our Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and one warrant (the “Warrants”), each whole Warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock.

We are also offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of Common Units in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if the purchaser so chooses, pre-funded units (the “Pre-funded Units”) in lieu of Common Units that would otherwise result in the purchaser’s beneficial ownership exceeding 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock. Each Pre-funded Unit will consist of a pre-funded warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $0.001 per share (each a “Pre-funded Warrant”) and one Warrant. The purchase price of each Pre-funded Unit is equal to the price per Common Unit being sold to the public in this offering, minus $0.001. The Pre-funded Warrants will be immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time until all of the Pre-funded Warrants are exercised in full. The offering also includes the shares of Class A common stock issuable from time to time upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants.

The shares of Class A common stock or Pre-funded Warrants, as the case may be, and the Warrants included in the Common Units or the Pre-funded Units, can only be purchased together in this offering as units, but the securities included in the Common Units or Pre-funded Units are immediately separable and will be issued separately.

The Warrants included within the Common Units and Pre-Funded Units will be exercisable immediately, have an exercise price per share of Class A common stock equal to 125% of the public offering price of one Common Unit, and will expire five years from the date of issuance. The Warrants will be subject to forced exercise commencing six months from the issuance subject to the condition that the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Class A common stock exceeds 200% of the initial exercise price for ten consecutive trading days and subject to certain other conditions set forth in the Warrants.

This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our securities. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our Common Units will be between $ and $ per Common Unit. We have applied to list our Class A common stock and Warrants for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “ELGP” and “ELGPW”, respectively. Completion of this offering is contingent on the approval of our listing application for trading of our Class A common stock and Warrants on NASDAQ. There is no established public trading market for the Pre-Funded Warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for listing of the Pre-Funded Warrants on any national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. No assurance can be given that the trading market will develop for the Class A common stock or the Warrants.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of being an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company.”

Immediately following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized and outstanding common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to certain voting and conversion rights. The record holders of our Class B common stock, Kevin Britt and Julia Britt (and together with their issue, the “Britt Family”), are entitled to ten votes per share and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder and automatically converts into one share of Class A common stock if it is transferred outside the Britt Family. See “Description of Securities—Class B Common Stock.” Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately [ ]% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised and excluding the exercise of any Warrants.

Immediately following this offering, the Britt Family, our controlling stockholders, will continue to control a majority of the votes among all shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors, and will have the right to elect two Class B directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional [ ] shares of Class A common stock (15% of the shares sold in the offering) and/or up to [ ] additional Warrants (15% of the Warrants sold in the offering) at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Investing in our Common Units involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

	Per Share		Total
Initial public offering price		$		$
Underwriting discounts and commissions*		$		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us		$		$

*	See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock and the Warrants to purchasers on or about , 2022 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Aegis Capital Corp.

The date of this prospectus is , 2022.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Risk Factors		18
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		36
Market and Industry Data		36
Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade Names		37
Use of Proceeds		37
Capitalization		38
Dividend Policy		38
Dilution		39
Selected Historical Financial and Other Data		41
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		43
Business		51
Management		64
Executive Compensation		68
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions		71
Description of Securities		74
U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Class A Common Stock		83
Certain ERISA Considerations		90
Shares Eligible for Future Sale		91
Underwriting		93
Legal Matters		98
Experts		98
Where You Can Find More Information		98
Index to Financial Statements		F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the Underwriter have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We do not, and the underwriters do not, take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to, the reliability of any information that others provide to you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, Common Units stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Common Units.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refers to Elate Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Elate Moving, LLC. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus is as of , 2022, and assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.

In this prospectus, we refer to our Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and our Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, as our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, respectively, and together, as our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to our common stock refer to our common stock as in effect at the time of the completion of this offering.

This prospectus contains references to fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, which represent our fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. Financial information with respect to fiscal year 2020 is composed solely of financial information for Elate Moving, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary.

“GAAP” as used in this prospectus refers to United States generally accepted accounting principles.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information about our business and the offering of our Common Units that appears elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Common Units. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

OUR COMPANY

Founded in 2013, we are a high-touch, best-in-class moving and storage company providing domestic concierge services and international relocation solutions for residential, commercial and government clients in the United States (“U.S.”) and Canada.

We are presently focused on seven metro markets along the east coast of the U.S. These metro areas are in and around Boston, MA; Greenwich, CT; Southampton, NY; Woodcliff Lake, NJ; New York, NY; Philadelphia, PA and Washington, D.C., with near-term goals to expand into additional markets in the western and southern states of the U.S. The current seven metro areas are primarily serviced from our current operation hub in Brooklyn, New York.

We currently operate in these markets with a growing fleet of trucks and an expanding professional relocation team composed of 27 full-time and 5 part-time employees. We have established and maintain our presence in these markets through local advertising and utilizing virtual office addresses for our direct mail and online advertising campaigns.

We cater to customers that demand excellence and the utmost care and professionalism. We believe we have established a sterling brand by adhering to the highest standards when delivering complete end-to-end relocation and storage services. We especially pride ourselves in making relocations and storage convenient and stress-free for clients who demand superior service.

Our comprehensive moving services include disassembly, packing, unpacking, re-setup, and temporary storage. It can involve ceiling and wall removal and reinstallation of artwork, lighting (e.g., chandeliers and sconces) and other fixtures, and audio-visual equipment (e.g., televisions and stereo equipment). We provide custom-build crating for the relocation or storage of high-value items, such as for fine art and furniture, musical instruments (e.g., pianos) and fragile items, that ensures their safety and protection. We also provide complete gym and playground equipment disassembly and reassembly, carpentry, furniture restoration and repair, professional cleaning at both origin and destination, and donation and disposal services. We offer express delivery within guaranteed timeframes for local, nationwide or cross-border (Canada) moves, which utilize the same truck and team at both origin and destination points. We also provide concierge/on-demand short and long-term storage services.

Our specialty is residential high-end moving and storage for more affluent clientele seeking a white glove experience. We define high-end residential moves as those as involving houses or apartments valued in excesses of $5 million. This has included relocations involving some of the most highly valued homes in the country owned by A-list celebrities, sports stars and government dignitaries. We have also serviced higher-end, non-residential clients, such as five-star hotels and top government agencies.

While not all of our business involves high-end engagements, our highest-end relocation occurred last September when we undertook a moving and storage project that involved the “most expensive home” in the Hamptons of Long Island, New York, valued at more than $175 million.

Our highly satisfied residential and commercial clients have provided tremendous endorsements, word-of-mouth advertising and an ongoing stream of high-value referrals. From our experience, we believe this niche of the moving and storage markets is underserved, and we are uniquely qualified to seize market share.

Our emphasis on quality has earned us accolades and ongoing referrals from many marquee corporate and government clients as well, such as:

·Sotheby’s International Realty

·Keller Williams Real Estate

·Charles Schwab

·New York State Insurance Fund

·Four Seasons Hotel (Downtown Manhattan)

·The James Hotels

·UOVO, premier provider of storage services for art and valued collections.

·Trump International Hotels Management

·United Nations

·United States Military Academy (West Point)

·New York State Office of General Services

·New York Department of Motor Vehicles

·U.S. Social Security Administration

·U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA)

·Westy Self Storage

Many of our commercial or government customers have used our services several times or on a regular basis, as well as provide us referrals. For example, since 2018, New York State Office of General Services has, on average, engaged us for two to three relocations per month for their various agencies. We estimate we have generated more than $1.2 million in revenues from these relocations over this period.

Under a U.S. General Services Administration (GSA) IDIQ (indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity) contract, we have relocated offices for the Social Security Administration and DEA, with 10 office moves in total. These 10 office moves had an aggregate value of approximately $200,000.

In February 2022, we were approved by the GSA for its Centralized Household Goods Traffic Management Program (“CHAMP”). While our GSA IDIQ contract allows us to bid on the relocation of federal facilities, our approval for CHAMP permits us to bid on federal employee and military personnel relocations and storage, both domestic and international. More than 75 federal agencies use CHAMP to facilitate moves and storage of household goods for their staff. Qualification for the program requires audited financials, which we believe only a limited number of our mostly privately held competitors can easily provide. According to the GSA, its total expenditures on the CHAMP program increased from $130 million in 2020 to $139 million in 2021. During the same period, the average cost of a CHAMP relocation increased from $7,930 to $8,940. Given our comprehensive capabilities and broad multi-lingual support (English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Russian, Ukrainian, and Japanese), we believe we are well positioned to compete with larger competitors and especially for international relocations.

We are also an approved vendor for the United Nations and have moved more than 15 of its employees and two U.N. ambassadors over the last three years. Between 2016 and 2019, we conducted four relocations for the United States Military Academy (West Point), valued at approximately $190,000 in total.

For the hotel industry, we have been engaged by the Four Seasons, The James Hotel and Trump Hotels to provide temporary relocation and storage during renovation projects. For The James Hotel, we have done this more than 10 times between 2016-2020, representing approximately $70,000 in aggregate revenue.

We receive regular referrals by real estate agencies, such as Sotheby’s International Realty and Keller Williams Real Estate, and also receive moving engagements by them and others for house staging. We may have as many as 10 house staging engagements per month for which we may pay the real estate agency small referral fee, such as 10% of the value of the project. Another regular source of referrals is from our storage partner, Westy Self Storage, as well as from building managers of luxury apartment buildings in cities such as New York City.

Over the years, we have grown largely by referrals from these organizations and our highly satisfied clients, conducting more than 20,000 relocations since our inception. Our growth and profitability, also reflects our success and emphasis on strong fiscal stewardship, even during challenging times such as the persistent COVID-19 pandemic.

OUR INDUSTRY

While there are strong synergies between the moving/relocation and storage market, these are distinct market segments that each have strong drivers for growth and opportunity.

Moving & Relocation

The U.S. moving services business is projected to reach $22.5 billion by 2026, growing at a 5% compounded annual growth rate (CAGR). Residential is considered the largest segment of the moving services industry at 61% of the market, with Commercial representing 16%. The rest of the market is primarily composed of the relocation of other goods requiring special handling and warehousing services.

As with most industries, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively affected the moving industry. However, as an essential service, movers were allowed to remain open in areas where lockdowns were mandated.

In 2020, we saw the impact primarily in the last nine months of the year (April through December) as the pandemic increasingly spread. Then in 2021, we experienced the full impact of COVID-19, with it lasting throughout the year, particularly as new strains such as the Delta variant emerged. This resulted in an increased number of customer cancellations in 2021 as compared to 2020.

According to annual studies released by United Van Lines, in 2020 and 2021, Americans have been on the move to lower-density areas and to be closer to their families. In 2021, 31.8% of Americans who moved did so in order to be closer to family, up from 27% in 2020, with this indicating a new trend coming out of the pandemic as priorities and lifestyle choices shift, according to the study. Additionally, 32.5% of Americans moved for a new job or job transfer in 2021, a significant decrease from 40% in 2020, and especially from the more than 60% in 2015

We are currently focused on states which have the greatest number of migrations. The net migration outflows are notable, which includes many high-net worth individuals seeking to escape states with onerous tax burdens. These are largely the clients we serve.

The moving industry is highly fragmented, according to data firm IBISWorld, with a low level of market share concentration. The top four largest operators account for 9.8% of industry revenue.

Three million Americans move interstate annually, according to moving intelligence platform, SHYFT, reflecting a robust market. Their following statistics highlight the scale and scope of the moving segment:

·Americans move an average of 11.7 times over their lifetime.

·9.8 percent of Americans move annually.

·15.3 million households in America, with an average size of 2.3 family members, move annually.

·Approximately 7,000 moving companies in the U.S. with about 50,000 moving trucks.

·122,600 people are employed by the moving industry, with a combined payroll about $3.6 billion annually.

·Moving companies work in 13,900 locations across the U.S.

·There are approximately 186,722 jobs created by the moving industry.

·Estimated total annual contribution of the moving industry to the U.S. economy is $86 billion.

Concierge Storage

The $41.5 billion U.S. self-storage market is estimated to be growing at a 2.2% compound annual growth rate and is expected to reach $44.5 billion by 2024, according to IBISWorld. Growth drivers include job expansion, population growth, increasing migration and home downsizing by baby boomers. The SSA Self-Storage Demand Study 2020 showed 10.6% of U.S. households leased a self-storage unit in 2020, up from 6% in 1996,

There have been many startups over the last several years focused on “on-demand” or “valet” storage, with the most notable ones such as MakeSpace, Clutter and Closetbox attracting substantial private equity investment and experiencing strong growth. United Parcel Service introduced a residential ‘Storage on Demand’ service in October 2019. While these businesses target mainstream consumers, we believe they reflect a general growing demand for personalized self-storage services.

Similar to moving industry fragmentation, self-storage is not concentrated. According to the 2021 Self-Storage Almanac, roughly one-fifth of the market is controlled by the top six publicly traded self-storage companies. This leaves 80% of U.S. self-storage facilities owned and operated by independent entities. The 2021 Self-Storage Almanac also reported that:

·49,000 self-storage facilities in the U.S., up from 47,000 in 2019.

·From 2010 to 2020, average occupancy rates increased from 75.7% to 92.2%.

·Net rentable space exceeds 58 million-sf.

In terms of self-storage, there is strong demand for traditional indoor storage, climate-controlled storage and outdoor storage for boats/cars/RVs.

The overall global concierge services market was valued at $596 million in 2020 and is anticipated to grow at more than 5.3% through 2027, according to IMR Data. While this report is not specific to concierge moving and storage, we believe the growth in demand for concierge services reflects an increasing number of consumers who are looking to outsource routine or specialized tasks to concierge services or personal assistance services to save

time and avoid inconvenience. We expect other factors such as lack of work-life balance, busy work schedules, and time constraints to boost the demand for concierge services.

Given these factors, we are interested in further growing and enhancing our concierge self-storage business through both expanding partnerships with existing self-storage providers like Westy Self Storage, as well as establishing our own storage facilities that would feature self-storage access as well as warehousing the goods of our full-service concierge/valet storage customers. Such services will cater to not only affluent clients, but to anyone looking for a more convenient self-storage solution and who sees the value in the personal time savings our concierge services can provide.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We are an entrepreneurial-driven, emerging growth company, with a distinct and premier moving and storage brand for residential, corporate and government clients, particularly for the higher-end of the market.

Our Company is differentiated in the marketplace due to several competitive advantages:

·Deep experience and unrivaled expertise in moving and storage of highly valued assets for individuals and enterprises.

·We specialize in high-end art and antique relocation with professional staff averaging five-plus years of experience servicing this niche.

·Fully licensed with several U.S. state governments, the U.S. Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the Ministry of Transportation of Ontario.

·We have maintained stop-score ratings by our many satisfied customer posting on Yelp! (4.5 out of 5 stars average), Google Reviews (4.9 out of 5 stars average) and Angie.com (with a 95% recommend rating).

·As a business member of the New York Teamsters Union, we can engage the highest quality manpower at a short notice, enabling us to execute guaranteed moves of high complexity, size and value in this highly active market.

·We have developed a specialized packing and moving system that provides custom crating for high-end artwork, furniture, chandeliers and other precious items. This can include certified materials required for international shipments, such as to Japan. Our competitors typically do not provide custom crating, but instead use only simple cardboard boxes or moving blankets.

·We believe we offer a unique and extensive level of multi-lingual support (English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Russian, Ukrainian, and Japanese), which is especially advantageous for international relocations.

In addition to these distinctions, we offer clients an end-to-end moving and storage solution, which promises the same moving team at each location.

Based upon our published services and those of our competitors, we believe our delivery times nationwide are unmatched.

·We believe that we are the only moving company on the East Coast that can guarantee next day delivery from NYC, CT or NJ to Toronto, Ottawa or Montreal.

·We guarantee delivery from NY, CT, NJ to CA, WA and Vancouver in four/five days; Texas in three days; Florida in two days; Colorado in three/four days; and Illinois in two days.

We pride ourselves in providing what we believe to be best-in-class moving and storage services for the most demanding clients.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES

Our goals are to grow profitably, drive strong and consistent return on capital and increase stakeholder value. With Americans continuing to move out of high-tax, high-crime cities to more favorable locations, we see significant opportunity to grow our business and expand our market share. We believe our competitive strengths position us to pursue our goals through the following strategies:

Geographic Expansion of Relocation Services

We plan to expand our geographic footprint to include possible operational hubs in other major metropolitan areas in North America with the demographics that we believe would support our business model, including, but not limited to, Phoenix, Arizona; Los Angeles, California; and Austin, Texas. The demographics we see may also include areas in Canada, such as in the Toronto region.

To support this expansion, over the next year, we plan to increase our current 13-truck fleet by another 13-15 trucks. We may make greater increases to the number of trucks in our fleet as the market demands and can support, and according to the pace we find and train our moving teams. We will also continue to rent additional trucks during peak moving periods as well as for long-distance, one-way moves.

We also plan to increase the number of international moves beyond just Canada by adding additional customer marketing and support for this to our website. This may include acting as a broker for other moving companies under our brand in geographic areas where we do not yet have operational hubs or trucks available for a prospective customer.

Concierge Self-Storage

We see self-storage services, and particularly concierge self-storage, being a strong growth driver for our business over time. We currently partner with Westy Self Storage, a Northeast-based operator, to provide storage and self-storage to our clients. Depending on the geographic location of the storage customer, we may also use other self-storage providers. For temporary storage (those storage needs lasting less than one month) we may use our 5,000-sf. warehouse located in Brooklyn, New York.

For the convenience of select clients, we may rent third-party storage on their behalf and rebill them accordingly or charge them for storage at our warehouse. By way of example only, if we rent a 100-sf. storage space from Westy, the current costs to us would be approximately $350 per month and we would anticipate charging our concierge storage customer $395 per month. Our gross margins in this space approximate 15% depending on rentable unit sf. We provide the delivery to and from storage as requested by the customer. Our concierge self-storage business generated revenue of approximately $420,000, or 8% of our revenue in 2021, and we have approximately 10-20 customers in any given month on this program.

Our concierge storage service may also include same-day or next day pickup of items at the customer’s location or retrieval from storage of their items for which we charge additional fees.

For markets not served by Westy, we use alternative self-storage providers, and may similarly do so as we enter new markets not served by Westy. Over time we intend to explore the option of establishing our own storage facilities and related concierge services for our customers. As a result of preliminary exploration of the space, we expect that to represent a strong area for growth as it develops.

Given our current business and referral relationship with Westy, we are not planning to compete with Westy in overlapping markets. We have historically received about three to four customer referrals per each referral we have provided to Westy. Since inception we estimate we have provided Westy more than 500 self-storage referrals.

Over the next few years, we plan to establish two to three self-storage facilities composed of 1,000-1,500 units each. We may purchase an existing building and convert it to public storage if zoning allows it or build a new facility. We anticipate financing the purchases through standard commercial mortgage financing, which may include

utilizing certain firms the Company has identified that specialize in self-storage facility financing. We anticipate construction or renovation would begin at our first site in 2022, with the opening planned for 2023.

We see our storage properties being state-of-the-art, offering climate-controlled and high-security units to avoid damage to luxury or precious items, such as fine art, statues, chandeliers, furniture, valuable records and similar high-value items. Clients would have 24/7 access with monitored security.

Concierge self-storage offerings would also include drop-off and pick-up services. We are planning to implement Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tagging to insure appropriate tracking and inventory control.

For new or renovated construction, we anticipate a typical facility would have 70,000 to 100,000-sf. in total space and three floors. Usable sf. would be approximately 70% of the total sf. For new construction, we estimate the land cost at approximately $5 million, with hard and soft construction costs at about $65-$75 per sf. or approximately $15 million. We anticipate being able to rent storage to our customers at $4 per sf. on average which would be in line with what other premium self-storage providers would charge, although this may vary per market.

Assuming we establish 200,000-sf. of total storage space with two buildings, or 140,000-sf. of usable space, with occupancy of 80-90%, this could generate approximately $6.1 million in additional revenue annually. Since they would be our own facilities, we anticipate the gross margins would be higher than our current concierge self-storage services gross margins and in line with our concierge relocation services at more than 60%, on average.

As an additional revenue stream, we may also offer small moving truck rentals at our facilities for customers who would prefer to move their items themselves or with the assistance of a Company moving crew. We estimate this could generate an additional $2 million to $3 million in annual revenue over time, based on 500 to 600 truck rentals per year.

Advertising

In addition to referrals, a key source for customer acquisition has been online digital advertising, such as the use of Google AdWords, as well as social media tools, and direct mail. We plan to increase our budget for advertising over the next year. Given historical results, we anticipate that an increase of $750,000 to $1 million in advertising expenditures would result in a 50 to 70 percent increase in moving revenue from the current levels. We would anticipate similar results for our concierge storage business as it develops.

Strategic Acquisitions

We plan to drive organic growth by leveraging our existing customer relationships and the strong referrals they can provide, as well as through our advertising efforts. However, our moving and storage industry is largely fragmented, creating abundant opportunities for growth and regional expansion through strategic acquisitions.

According to BKD Capital Advisors, the transportation and logistics industry recorded 89 M&A transactions in 2020, up from 84 in 2019. This marked the fourth consecutive year of increased M&A volume. The 2020 activity level is especially notable, given the economic uncertainty created by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The self-storage industry executed a record-breaking $7.7 billion in self-storage deals, according to the commercial real estate research and analysis company, Real Capital Analytics. The dollar total was one-third higher than the sector witnessed in 2019, the report says.

There is to the best of our knowledge, no publicly traded company of our size in our industry with moving and storage as its focus, and especially offering the concierge-level services we provide. We believe our status as a publicly traded, “pure-play” company would provide us certain advantages as we pursue a strategic acquisition program. We are also considering acquisitions as a way to overcome any future labor shortages and accelerate our growth more rapidly.

Commercial & Government

Given our growing record of large moves for commercial and government customers, we plan to grow this segment of our business by hiring sales staff who would be dedicated to developing and servicing it. We are fully licensed with several state governments in the U.S. as well as with the Ministry of Transportation of Ontario, Canada. Our membership in the New York Teamsters Union also provides us with certain advantages as we pursue commercial and government projects in the state of New York.

Technology

We believe the implementation of technology will help us take better advantage of our customer relationships and scale our business. We are in the process of implementing a new state-of-the-art customer relationship management software system (CRM) with engagement analytics.

We are also planning to develop a native mobile app that will provide an interactive system that would be designed to help customers and the Company more easily and efficiently evaluate potential relocation and storage engagements. The app would also be used by our customers to manage their self-storage items, and schedule pick up and deliveries from storage.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND THIS OFFERING

Investing in our Common Units involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our Common Units, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors.” If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In such a case, the trading price of our Class A common stock or our Warrants may decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. Below is a summary of the primary risks to our business:

•

economic and business risks inherent in the moving and storage industry, including competitive pressures pertaining to pricing, capacity and service;

•

fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel and possible legislation surrounding fossil fuels, renewable mandates, and road mileage tax;

•

our ability to attract and retain qualified drivers in the operation of our moving business, which is difficult to predict and is subject to factors outside of our control;

•

our ability to recruit, develop and retain our key employees, movers and drivers;

•

increased costs of compliance with, or liability for violation of, existing or future regulations in our industry, which is highly regulated;

•

negative seasonal patterns generally experienced in the moving industry during winter months;

•

we will be a “controlled company” within the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, the exemption from the requirement that our corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

•

the interests of our controlling stockholders the Britt Family may conflict with yours in the future, and, for so long as the Britt Family maintains control of us, our other stockholders will be unable to affect the outcome of proposed corporate actions supported by the Britt Family for their benefit.

Corporate Information.

Our principal executive offices are located at 305 Broadway, Floor 7, New York, NY 10007, and our telephone number is (212) 920-4450. We also maintain a website at https://elatemoving.com. The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

Implications of being an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company.

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in total annual gross revenues during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

•reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

•no non-binding stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation;

•exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and

•reduced disclosure of financial information in this prospectus, including only two years of audited financial information and two years of selected financial information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier to occur of (1) the last

day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which means the market value of our equity securities that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30^th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted to rely on certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an exemption from compliance with the requirements regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on financial statements. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As permitted, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of companies that comply with public company effective dates.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

THE OFFERING

Common Units offered		[ ] Common Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant, each Warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock and Warrants that are part of the Common Units are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. The Warrants included within the Common Units are exercisable immediately, have an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price of one Common Unit, and expire five years after the date of issuance. The Warrants will be subject to forced exercise commencing six months from issuance subject to the condition that the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Class A common stock exceeds 200% of the initial exercise price for ten consecutive trading days and subject to certain other conditions set forth in the Warrants. This prospectus also relates to the offering of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

Pre-Funded Units offered		We are also offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of Common Units in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if the purchaser so chooses, Pre-funded Units in lieu of Common Units. Each Pre-funded Unit will consist of a Pre-funded Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $0.001 and one Warrant. The purchase price of each Pre-funded Unit is equal to the price per Common Unit being sold to the public in this offering, minus $0.001. The Pre-funded Warrants will be immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time until all of the Pre-funded Warrants are exercised in full. For each Pre-funded Unit we sell, the number of Common Units we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis. We are offering a maximum of [ ] Pre-funded Units. Because we will issue one Warrant as part of each Common Unit or Pre-funded Unit, the number of Warrants sold in this offering will not change as a result of a change in the mix of the Common Units and Pre-funded Units sold. This prospectus also relates to the offering of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants.

Assumed public offering price		$[ ] per Common Unit and $[ ] per Pre-funded Unit.

Class B common stock offered		None.

Option to purchase additional Class A common stock and/or Warrants pursuant to the over-allotment option		We have granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to additional shares of Class A common stock and/or Pre-funded Warrants (representing 15% of the shares and/or Pre-funded Warrants sold in the offering) and/or up to [ ] additional Warrants (15% of the Warrants sold in the offering) at the initial public offering, less underwriting discounts. The purchase price to be paid per additional share of Class A common stock or Pre-funded Warrant will be equal to the public offering price of one Common Unit or Pre-funded Unit (less 0.001 allocated to the pre-funded warrants), as applicable, less the underwriting discount, and the purchase price to be paid per additional warrant will be $0.01.

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering (excluding any Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of any Warrant)		shares, representing a % voting interest (or a % voting interest, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Common Units).

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering		1,500,000 shares, representing a % voting interest (or 1,500,000 shares, representing a % voting interest, (excluding any Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant) if the underwriters’ exercise in full their option to purchase additional Common Units).

Voting rights		Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Warrants are not entitled to any vote. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or as designated in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. After this offering, (excluding any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant) the Britt Family will beneficially control more than % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, will continue to hold all of our Class B common stock and will effectively control all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. See “Description of Securities.”

Controlled company		Upon the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ. Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We intend to take advantage of the exemption from the requirement to have a corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and a compensation committee. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

Use of proceeds		We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ , or approximately $ if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including expansion of our current service lines into additional states, entry into, development and enhancement of, the storage facility segment, enlarging our cross-border services into Canada, potential acquisitions, repayment of indebtedness and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy		The declaration and payment of all dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements and any debt agreements we are then party to and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

Risk factors		Investing in our Common Units and Pre-funded Units, including the underlying shares of our Class A common stock and the Warrants, involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before you decide to invest in our securities.

Proposed listing and symbol		We applied to have our Class A common stock and Warrants listed on the NASDAQ under the symbols “ELGP” And “ELGPW”, respectively.

Except where expressly indicated otherwise, references to the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our Class A common stock and 1,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of , and excludes the following shares:

	•		1,500,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering; and
	•		7,500,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.
	•		Any shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of any Warrants.

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus reflects and assumes:

	•		No exercise of the Underwriter’s option to purchase additional Class A common stock or Warrants pursuant to the over-allotment option;

	•		No exercise of the Warrants; and

	•		An initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our summary historical financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary historical financial and other data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Statement of Operations

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021	For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue, net	`$4,979,856`	`$4,878,383`
Cost of revenues	`2,325,892`	`1,748,240`
Gross profit	`2,653,964`	`3,130,143`

Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	`539,265`	`787,579`
General and administrative expenses	`880,864`	`764,018`
Total operating expenses	`1,420,129`	`1,551,597`

Income from operations	`1,233,835`	`1,578,546`

Other income (expense):
Interest expense	`(16,931)`	`(131)`
Forgiveness of debt	`43,610`	`-`
Other income (expense), net	`22,763`	`10,879`
Total other income, net	`49,442`	`10,748`

Income before provision for income taxes	`1,283,277`	`1,589,294`

Provision for income taxes	`(111,206)`	`(89,585)`

Net income	`$1,172,071`	`$1,499,709`

Basic and diluted net income per unit/share of common stock	`$0.22`	`$14,997.09`
Weighted-average number of units/shares of common stock used in computing basic and diluted per unit/share of common stock amounts	`5,250,000`	`100`

Balance Sheet Data

		As
December 31, 2021	Actual	Adjusted⁽¹⁾
Cash and cash equivalents	`$866,922`	`$866,922`
Working capital deficit	`$85,116`	`$85,116`
Total assets	`$1,799,089`	`$1,799,089`
Total stockholders’ equity	`$336,617`	`$336,617`

(1)As adjusted amounts give effect to the adjustments set forth in footnote (1) as well as the sale of __ shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $__ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $__ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $__, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $__, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Common Units and the underlying securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to purchase our Common Units and the underlying securities. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock and Warrants could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

The moving and transportation industry is affected by economic and business risks that are largely beyond our control.

The commercial and residential moving and storage facility industry is highly cyclical, and our business is dependent on a number of factors that may have a negative impact on our operating results, many of which are beyond our control, including but not limited to general economic uncertainty, volatility in the housing markets and commercial real estate, fluctuation in fuel prices and uncertainty surrounding regulations targeting transportation and fossil fuels, and COVID-19’s impact on the supply chain.

We believe that some of the most significant factors beyond our control that may negatively impact our operating results are economic changes that affect supply and demand in commercial and residential markets and the global supply chain, such as:

•

recessionary economic cycles, such as the period from 2007 to 2009;

•

supply chain disruptions ranging from building materials to auto chip shortages;

•

reduced demand for off-site storage facilities;

•

industry compliance with an ongoing regulatory environment;

•

significant acceptance of remote work may reduce the customer demands for movement into high cost of living areas, thereby depleting the concentration of our customer base and increasing the geographical areas we need to cover to service the same number of customers;

•

excess truck capacity in comparison with shipping demand; and

•

downturns in customers’ business cycles, which may be caused by declines in consumer spending both commercial and residential.

The risks associated with these factors are heightened when the U.S. economy is weakened. Some of the principal risks during such times are as follows:

•

low overall moving levels, which may impair our asset utilization;

•

customers with credit issues and cash flow problems;

•

changing moving patterns resulting from pandemics to volatile real estate prices, resulting in an imbalance between our capacity and customer demand;

•

customers bidding out moving expenses or selecting competitors that offer lower rates, in an attempt to lower their costs, forcing us to lower our rates or lose customers; and

•

budgetary constraints on state and local municipalities pausing government office relocations and planned moves.

Economic conditions that decrease moving demand or increase the supply of capacity in the commercial and residential moving industry can exert downward pressure on rates and equipment utilization, thereby decreasing asset productivity. Reduced moving demand may also reduce the demand for short-term and long-term offsite storage facilities. A prolonged recession or general economic instability could result in declines in our results of operations, which declines may be material.

We also are subject to cost increases outside our control that could materially reduce our profitability if we are unable to increase our rates sufficiently. Such cost increases include, but are not limited to, fuel and energy prices, driver wages, taxes and interest rates, tolls, license and registration fees, permits, building materials, construction costs, insurance premiums, regulations, revenue, equipment and related maintenance costs and healthcare and other benefits for our employees. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any such cost increase or event could occur. Any such cost increase or event could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, events outside our control, such as strikes or other work stoppages at our facilities or at customer locations, weather, pandemics and epidemics, actual or threatened armed conflicts or terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, military action against a foreign state or group located in a foreign state or heightened security requirements could lead to reduced economic demand, reduced availability of credit or temporary closing of U.S. borders to essential workers and industries, which could impact our ability to do business to and from Canada. Such events or enhanced security measures in connection with such events could impair our operations and result in higher operating costs.

The commercial and residential moving industry is highly competitive and fragmented, which subjects us to competitive pressures pertaining to pricing, capacity and service.

Our operating segments compete with many commercial and residential moving companies. The North American commercial and residential moving market is highly competitive and fragmented. Some of our competitors may have greater access to equipment, a larger fleet, a wider range of services, preferential dedicated customer contracts, greater capital resources or other competitive advantages. Numerous competitive factors could impair our ability to maintain or improve our profitability. These factors include the following:

•

Many of our competitors periodically reduce their moving rates to gain business, especially during times of reduced growth in the economy. This may make it difficult for us to maintain or increase moving rates, or may require us to reduce our moving rates. Additionally, it may limit our ability to maintain or expand our business.

•

Some companies have selected core moving companies for all their moving needs, for which we may not be selected.

•

Many customers periodically solicit bids from multiple moving companies for their moving needs, which may depress moving rates or result in a loss of business to our competitors.

•

The continuing trend toward consolidation in the commercial and residential moving industry may result in more large moving companies with greater financial resources and other competitive advantages, with which we may have difficulty competing.

•

Higher fuel prices embedded in our moving quotes to our customers may cause some of our customers to consider alternative moving companies.

•

Advancements in technology may necessitate that we increase investments in technologies, such as mobile apps for moving quotes, in order to remain competitive, and our customers may not be willing to accept higher moving rates to cover the cost of these investments.

The commercial and residential storage industry is highly competitive and fragmented, which subjects us to competitive pressures pertaining to pricing, capacity and service.

Our projected operating segment in the residential and commercial storage space competes with many commercial and residential storage companies. The North American commercial and residential storage market is highly competitive and fragmented. Many of our competitors have greater access to equipment, a significant number of locations and franchises, a wider range of services, preferential dedicated customer contracts, greater

capital resources or other competitive advantages. Numerous competitive factors could impair our ability to maintain or improve our profitability. These factors include the following:

•

Many of our competitors periodically reduce their storage rates, or offer $0 introductory rates, to gain business, especially during times of reduced growth in the economy. This may make it difficult for us to gain initial customers or increase storage rates or may require us to reduce our moving rates to significantly low levels following periods of high capital expenditure developing storage facilities. Additionally, it may limit our ability to maintain or expand our business.

	•		Some companies have selected core storage companies for all their storage needs, for which we may not be selected.

	•		Larger companies with footprints outside of the regional northeast of the U.S., may choose one of our larger, national competitors, due to a larger footprint and ability to service locations outside of our current markets.

•

Many customers periodically solicit bids from multiple storage companies for their storage needs, which may depress storage rates or result in a loss of business to our larger competitors.

•

The continuing trend toward consolidation in the commercial and residential storage industry may result in more large storage companies with far greater financial resources and other competitive advantages, with which we may have difficulty competing.

•

Higher costs of building materials and construction prices may necessitate that we increase storage costs of the prices of our competitors in order to recoup capital expenditures, and our customers may not be willing to accept higher storage rates to cover these costs.

We may not be able to effectively manage and implement our organic growth strategies.

While we currently believe we can grow our profits and cash flows organically through further penetration of existing customers and by expanding our customer base, as well as by further expanding into the commercial and residential storage industry, we may not be able to effectively and successfully implement such strategies and realize our stated goals. Our goals may be negatively affected by a failure to further penetrate our existing customer base, cross-sell our service offerings, pursue new customer opportunities, pursue new business opportunities and segments, manage the operations and expenses of new or growing service offerings or otherwise achieve growth of our service offerings. Successful execution of our business strategies may not result in us achieving our current business goals.

Our business depends on our strong reputation and the value of the Elate brand.

We believe that the Elate brand name symbolizes high-quality service, reliability and efficiency, and is one of our most important and valuable assets. The Elate brand name and our corporate reputation are significant sales and marketing tools, and we devote substantial resources to promoting and protecting them. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our employees, contractors or agents, such as accidents, customer service mishaps or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increased use of social media outlets such as YouTube, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and TikTok, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity could reduce demand for our services and thus have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brand.

Our profitability may be materially adversely impacted if our capital investments do not match customer demand for invested resources or if there is a decline in the availability of funding sources for these investments.

Our current and planned operations require significant investments. The amount and timing of capital investments depend on various factors, including anticipated volume levels and the price and availability of assets. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, our capital-intensive moving and storage facility segments may have too much or too little capacity. Moreover, resource requirements across our fine art, commercial and residential moving segments and our storage facility segment varies with customer demand, which may be subject to

seasonal or general economic conditions. Our ability to adapt to changes in fine art, commercial and residential moving requirements is important to efficiently deploy resources and make capital investments in trucks, trailers, and packing materials. Similarly, our ability to adapt to increased demand and capacity requirements in the commercial and residential storage facility segment is important to efficiently deploy capital resources into land acquisition and construction costs. Although our business volume is not highly concentrated, our customers’ financial failures or loss of customer business may also affect us.

We may not be able to successfully implement our company strategy of diversifying our revenue base and expanding our capabilities by entering into the storage facility space.

Our company growth strategy entails selectively diversifying our revenue base, by entering the storage facility market and growing our market share in storage services. This strategy involves certain risks, and we may not overcome these risks, in which case our business, financial position and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. We expect to continue to pursue our company growth strategy of increasing and diversifying our moving segment customer base and by entering into the storage facility space, and this exposes us to certain risks, including:

	•		hiring new managers, drivers and other employees, may increase training and compliance costs and may result in temporary inefficiencies until those employees become proficient in their jobs;
	•		expanding our service offerings may require us to encounter new competitive challenges and regulatory compliance in markets in which we have not previously operated or with which we are unfamiliar.
	•		entering into the storage facility space may strain our (i) management’s bandwidth and attention to operations, (ii) capital resources, (iii) information systems and (iv) customer service;
	•		making significant capital expenditures, which could require substantial capital and cash flow that we may not have or may not be able to obtain on satisfactory terms;
	•		increased specialty insurance costs for greater fine art moving and storage services; and
	•		increased insurance costs for greater moving capacity and costs related to owning and operating storage facilities.

Fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel could materially and adversely affect our margins.

Fuel represents a significant expense for us. Diesel and gas fuel (“fuel”) prices fluctuate greatly due to factors beyond our control, including but not limited to political events, terrorist activities, pandemics, armed conflicts, depreciation of the dollar against other currencies and weather, such as hurricanes, and other natural or man-made disasters, each of which may lead to an increase in the cost of fuel. Fuel prices may also be affected by the rising demand in developing countries, and could be adversely impacted by diminished drilling activity, by the use of crude oil and oil reserves for other purposes, and legislative pushes to disincentive fuel usage and incentivize electric and hydrogen fuel supply. Such events may lead not only to increases in fuel prices and taxes, but also to fuel shortages and disruptions in the fuel supply chain. Because our operations are dependent upon fuel, significant fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Increases in fuel costs, to the extent not offset by rate per mile increases built into our quotes, may have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. While a portion of our fuel costs are covered by pass-through

provisions in customer contracts, we also incur fuel costs that cannot be recovered. Because our moving quotes precede changes in fuel prices, our customer quotes and charges may not capture the increased costs we pay for fuel, especially when prices are rising

Difficulties attracting and retaining qualified drivers could materially adversely affect our profitability and ability to maintain or grow our fleet.

Like many fine art, commercial and residential moving companies, from time to time we may experience difficulty in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified drivers, and driver shortages may recur in the future. Our challenge with attracting and retaining qualified drivers stems from intense market competition and our driver quality standards, which subjects us to increased payments for driver compensation. Our art moving services require special training to handle unique moving and packing requirements. We use physical function tests and drug testing to screen and test all driver applicants, which we believe is a rigorous standard relative to others in our industry and could decrease the pool of qualified applicants available to us. Failure to recruit high-quality, safe drivers who meet our testing standards could diminish the safety of our fleet and could have a materially adverse effect on our customer relationships, our insurance premiums, and our business.

Our company drivers are generally compensated on an hourly basis, and the rate per-hour generally increases with the drivers’ length of service and experience. The compensation we offer our drivers is also subject to market conditions and labor supply. We may in future periods increase company driver compensation, which will be more likely to the extent that economic conditions improve, and industry regulation exacerbates driver shortages forcing driver compensation higher. Our steady capacity requires us to continually recruit company drivers in order to operate our revenue-producing fleet equipment. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain a sufficient number of high-quality company drivers, we could be required to adjust our compensation packages, or operate with fewer trucks and face difficulty meeting customer demands, all of which could adversely affect our profitability and ability to maintain our size or grow.

Difficulties finding and attracting temporary workers during periods of increased moving demand could materially adversely affect our profitability and consumer brand.

The moving services industry has experienced consistent growth and demand over the past few years, despite economic downturns and global and local restrictions on travel. Increased demand could require us to either hire more employees or temporary workers to cover short-term upsurges. There is no guarantee that we will be able to find employees or temporary workers to meet all future demand, or in the event we do, that we will be able to offer such individuals packages superior to our competitors. If we are unable to grow or retain our workforce to contend with consumer demand, we may lose out on opportunities in the near- and long-term. Failure to supply services to some customers due to over-capacity could cause those costumers, and their social circles, to develop a negative impression of our services and brand, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Difficulty in obtaining material, equipment, goods and services from our vendors and suppliers could adversely affect our business.

We are, and will be, dependent upon our suppliers for certain products and materials, including our trucks, packing supplies, and to the extent we enter into the storage facility segment, construction materials and storage unit containers. We rely on suppliers of our trucks and truck components to maintain the age of our fleet. We believe that we have positive relationships with our vendors and suppliers and are generally able to obtain favorable pricing and other terms from such parties. If we fail to maintain these relationships with our vendors and suppliers, or if our vendors and suppliers are unable to provide the products and materials we need or undergo financial hardship, we could experience difficulty in obtaining needed goods and services because of production interruptions, limited material availability or other reasons. Subsequently, our business and operations could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to recruit, develop and retain our key employees, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

We are highly dependent upon the services of certain key employees, including our team of executive officers and directors. We have employment agreements with our senior executive officers, and the loss of any of their services could negatively impact our operations and future profitability. Inadequate succession planning or unexpected departure of key executive officers or employees could cause substantial disruption to our business operations, deplete our institutional knowledge base and erode our competitive advantage. Additionally, we must continue to recruit, develop and retain skilled and experienced drivers if we are to realize our goal of expanding our

operations and continuing our growth, both nationally and internationally. As we enter into the storage facility segment, failure to recruit, develop and retain a core group of storage facility managers could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

Efforts by labor unions could divert management’s attention and could have a materially adverse effect on our operating results.

We face the risk that Congress or one or more states will approve legislation significantly affecting our business and our relationship with our employees, such as the previously proposed federal legislation referred to as the Employee Free Choice Act, which would substantially liberalize the procedures for union organization. We also face the risk that our employees, including drivers, may attempt to organize. Currently, two of our company drivers are members of an organized labor union in New York City for commercial movers that allows access and entry to certain buildings, which benefits us. However, any attempt to organize by more of our employees under a union could result in increased legal and other associated costs. In addition, if we were to enter into a collective bargaining agreement, the terms could negatively affect our costs, efficiency and ability to generate acceptable returns on the affected operations. Moreover, any labor disputes or work stoppages could disrupt our operations and reduce our revenues.

Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce our earnings.

As we expand our services in fine art moving and enter into the storage facility segment, our future insurance and claims expense might exceed historical levels, which could reduce our earnings. Estimating the number and severity of claims, as well as related judgment or settlement amounts is inherently difficult. This, along with legal expenses, incurred but not reported claims and other uncertainties can cause unfavorable differences between actual claim costs and our reserve estimates.

We maintain insurance with licensed insurance carriers above the amounts which we retain. Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed our aggregate coverage limits. If any claim were to exceed our coverage, we would bear the excess. Insurance carriers have raised premiums for many businesses, including transportation and storage companies. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase when our policies are renewed or replaced. Our operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (i) cost per claim, premiums, or the number of claims significantly exceeds our estimates, (ii) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (iii) our insurance carriers fail to pay on our insurance claims or (iv) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and increased costs of compliance with, or liability for violation of, existing or future regulations could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We operate in the U.S. pursuant to operating authority granted by the DOT. Our company drivers must comply with the safety and fitness regulations of the DOT, implemented through the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), including those relating to CSA safety performance and measurements, drug and alcohol testing and Hours of Service (HOS). Weight and equipment dimensions also are subject to government regulations. We are also subject to regulation at the state level. We also may become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to exhaust emissions, drivers’ Hours of Service (HOS), ergonomics, collective bargaining, security at ports and other matters affecting safety or operating methods. Future CSA rulemaking could adversely affect us, including our ability to maintain or grow our fleet as well as our customer relationships.

In addition to the U.S., we also have the authority to operate in Canadian provinces. We must comply with enacted governmental regulations regarding safety, equipment, environmental protection and operating methods. Examples include regulation of equipment weight, equipment dimensions, fuel emissions, driver Hours of Service (HOS), driver eligibility requirements, on-board reporting of operations and ergonomics. We may also become subject to new or more restrictive regulations related to safety or operating methods, which could adversely affect our fleet and operations in those jurisdictions.

Our cross-border operations in Canada make us vulnerable to risks associated with doing business in foreign countries.

As a result of our operations in Canada, we are subject to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad, including:

•

foreign exchange rate fluctuations and currency controls;

•

withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

•

difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and intellectual property rights;

•

investment restrictions or requirements; and

•

export and import restrictions.

We have significant ongoing and projected capital requirements that could affect our profitability if we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain financing on favorable terms.

If we were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations, we would need to seek alternative sources of capital, including financing, to meet our capital requirements. Our near-term growth projections include the entry into the commercial and residential storage facility segment, which will require significant initial capital requirements for land acquisitions and/or building materials. In the event that we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain financing on favorable terms in the future, we may have to limit our fleet size, delay our entry, or diminish the size or our entry, into the storage facility segment, enter into less favorable financing arrangements or operate our revenue equipment for longer periods, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our profitability.

The seasonal pattern generally experienced in the moving industry may affect our periodic results during traditionally slower moving periods and winter months.

In the moving industry, revenue generally follows a seasonal pattern which may affect our operating results. We typically experience a seasonal surge in demand, relocation services, and art shipping during the second and third quarters of our fiscal year as a result of increased customer migration. After November our moving volume is typically slightly lower. Revenue can also be affected by adverse weather conditions, holidays and the number of business days during a given period because revenue is directly related to the available working days of movers and desired moving days of our customers. From time to time, we may also suffer short-term impacts from severe weather and similar events, such as tornadoes, hurricanes, blizzards, ice storms, floods, fires, earthquakes, and explosions that could harm our results of operations or make our results of operations more volatile.

Historically we have made no acquisitions and we may not make acquisitions in the future, or if we do, we may not be successful in integrating the acquired company, either of which could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We have not completed any acquisitions. We may not be successful in identifying, negotiating or consummating any future acquisitions and we may not successfully integrate future businesses or achieve the synergies and operating results anticipated in connection with any future acquisitions. The continuing trend toward consolidation in the moving and storage industries may result in the acquisitions of smaller providers by large national providers that gain market share and other competitive advantages through such acquisitions. If we fail to make or successfully execute future acquisitions, our growth rate could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, any acquisitions we undertake could involve numerous risks that could have a materially adverse effect on our business and operating results, including:

•

difficulties in integrating the acquired company’s operations and in realizing anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner that could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems;

•

challenges in achieving anticipated revenue, earnings or cash flows;

•

assumption of liabilities that may exceed our estimates or what was disclosed to us;

•

the diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns;

•

the potential loss of customers, key employees and drivers of the acquired company;

•

difficulties operating in markets in which we have had no or only limited direct experience;

•

the incurrence of additional indebtedness; and

•

the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, which would dilute your ownership in the company.

We may need to obtain additional financing which may not be available or, if it is available, may result in a reduction in the percentage ownership of our then-existing stockholders.

We may need to raise additional funds in order to:

•

finance unanticipated working capital requirements or refinance existing indebtedness;

•

develop or enhance our technological infrastructure and our existing products and services;

•

fund strategic relationships;

•

respond to competitive pressures; and

•

acquire complementary businesses, technologies, products or services.

Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to fund our expansion strategy, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance technology or services or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our then-existing stockholders may be reduced, and holders of these securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our then-existing stockholders.

Our future indebtedness could limit our flexibility in operating our business or adversely affect our business and our liquidity position.

As of March 24, 2022, we had $1,060,000 in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding, consisting of $90,000 outstanding under our Economic Injury Disaster Loan (the “EIDL Loan”) from the Small Business Administration, $485,000 outstanding under a promissory note issued to Julia Britt (the “J. Britt Note”), and $485,000 outstanding under a promissory note issued to Kevin Britt (the “K. Britt Note”). All $43,610 of borrowings under our Paycheck Protection Program Loan (the “PPP Loan”) from the Small Business Administration has been forgiven in full.

Our indebtedness may increase from time to time in the future for various reasons, including fluctuations in operating results, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions.

Any indebtedness we incur and restrictive covenants contained in the agreements related thereto could:

•

make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including making interest payments on our debt obligations;

•

limit our ability to obtain additional financing to operate our business;

•

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our debt, reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund capital expenditures and working capital and other general operational requirements;

•

limit our flexibility to plan for and react to changes in our business;

•

place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to some of our competitors that have less, or less restrictive, debt than us;

•

limit our ability to pursue acquisitions; and

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates or a downturn in our business or the economy.

The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results or cause a significant decrease in our liquidity and impair our ability to pay amounts due on our indebtedness. Significant repayment penalties may limit our flexibility.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business.

Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements will be time-consuming and will result in increased costs to us and could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to herein as the Exchange Act, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we may need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight.

We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. Sustaining our growth will also require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources to identify new professionals to join the company and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with the Britt Family, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters. The Britt Family’s interests may conflict with yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized and outstanding common stock:

•

Class A common stock, which is entitled to one vote per share; and

•

Class B common stock, which is entitled to ten votes per share.

All holders of Class A common stock and all holders of Class B common stock vote together as a single group on all matters submitted to a vote or consent of our stockholders, except for the election of Class B Directors. See “Description of Securities”. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that certain matters require the approval of the Class B Directors. Upon the consummation of this offering, assuming that the Underwriter does not exercise the over-allotment option, the Britt Family will collectively beneficially own 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock and [ ]% of our outstanding Class A common stock, representing approximately [ ]% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding common stock and approximately [ ]% of our total outstanding common stock, in each case excluding any Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Britt Family has orally agreed, among other things, to publicly file notices that they are acting as a “group” for Exchange Act and NASDAQ purposes, to vote the shares of Class B common stock in favor of our Chief Executive Officer, and will have the power, pursuant to the rights and designations of the Class B common

stock, to elect two members of our Board of Directors as “Class B Directors.” As a controlled-company no nominating committee or nominations process with independent directors is required, and as such, the Britt Family will have the power to nominate and elect a majority of the Board of Directors. See “Description of Securities.”

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provide that each share of Class B common stock may be converted, at any time, into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder of Class B common stock.

As a result of these arrangements, the Britt Family’s control of us allows it to control the outcome of corporate actions that require or may be accomplished by stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and transactions resulting in a change in control of the Company. For so long as the Britt Family maintains control of us, our stockholders, other than those members of the Britt Family, will be unable to affect the outcome of proposed corporate actions supported by the Britt Family, including a change in control of the Company.

The interests of the Britt Family may not be the same as ours or those of our other stockholders. For example, the Britt Family may have an interest in pursuing transactions that could enhance their investment even though such transactions might involve risks to the Company and to you. The Britt Family may also have an interest in delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to the Company and to you.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements relating to our corporate governance committee. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of other companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon the completion of this offering, the Britt Family will have more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors, and 100% of the voting power for the election of the Class B Directors and will publicly file notices pursuant to the Exchange Act that the members of the Britt Family are acting as a group. As a result, we will qualify as a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. As a controlled company, certain exemptions under the NASDAQ listing standards will exempt us from the obligation to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, including the requirements to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors or that we have a majority independent board.

We have elected to take advantage of this “controlled company” exemption, and the holders of our Class A common stock therefore may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could therefore make our Class A common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

In addition, in 2012, the SEC passed final rules implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 pertaining to compensation committee independence. The SEC’s rules direct each of the national securities exchanges (including the NASDAQ, on which we intend to list our Class A common stock) to develop listing standards requiring, among other things, that compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements.

As a “controlled company,” we will not be subject to this compensation committee independence requirement under Dodd-Frank.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance

costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock and Warrants, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business, reputation and stock price.

We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our financial statements and harm our operating results. As a public company, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering.

When evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude, on an ongoing basis, that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock and Warrants.

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our shares of Class A common stock, which may cause shares of our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A common stock you that purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NASDAQ or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our Class A common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price of shares of our Class A common stock is, or will be, determined by negotiation between us and the Underwriter and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price, or at all.

We are not selling shares of our Class B common stock in this offering, and accordingly there will be no public market for shares of our Class B common stock.

We expect that our Class A common stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

•

market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our guidance, quarterly financial reports and operating results;

•

our ability to satisfy our ongoing capital needs and unanticipated cash requirements;

•

adverse market reaction to any indebtedness incurred or securities we may issue in the future;

•

introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors;

•

announcements by our competitors of acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

•

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

•

sales of large blocks of our stock;

•

additions or departures of key personnel;

•

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business;

	•		adverse publicity about our industry or individual scandals;
	•		pandemics and epidemics;

•

litigation and governmental investigations; and

•

economic and political conditions or events.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock. In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.

Prior to the completion of this offering, there will have been no public trading market for our Warrants. An active public trading market for the Warrants may not develop, which may affect the market price and liquidity of the Warrants.

The offering under this prospectus is an initial public offering of our Warrants. Prior to the closing of the offering, there will have been no public market for our Warrants. An active public trading market for our Warrants may not develop after the completion of the offering. If an active trading market for our Warrants does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our Warrants may be materially and adversely affected.

The Warrants are speculative in nature.

The Warrants will be exercisable for five years from the date of initial issuance at an initial exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per Common Unit set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the market price of the Class A common stock will ever equal or exceed the exercise price of the Warrants. In the event that our common stock price does not exceed the exercise price of the Warrants during the period when the Warrants are exercisable, a holder of Warrants may be unable to profit from exercising such Warrants before they expire.

The Warrants will be subject to forced exercise by the Company under certain conditions.

The Warrants will be subject to forced exercise commencing six months from issuance subject to the condition that the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Class A common stock exceeds 200% of the initial exercise price for ten consecutive trading days and subject to certain other conditions set forth in the Warrants. This forced exercise provision may reduce the value of the Warrants because such forced exercise, if it occurs, will result in the holders no longer having the opportunity to benefit from further increases in the price of our Class A common stock.

Pre-funded Warrants will not be listed or quoted on any exchange.

There is no established public trading market for the Pre-funded Warrants being offered in this offering, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply to list the Pre-funded Warrants on any national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system, including Nasdaq. Without an active market, the liquidity of the Pre-funded Warrants will be limited.

Except as otherwise provided in the Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants, holders of Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants purchased in this offering will have no rights as stockholders until such holders exercise their Warrants or Pre-funded Warrants and acquire our Class A common stock.

Except as otherwise provided in the Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants, until holders of Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants acquire our Class A common stock upon exercise of the Warrants or Pre-funded Warrants, holders of Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants will have no rights with respect to our Class A common stock underlying such Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants. Upon exercise of the Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants, the holders will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of our Class A common stock only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

Future sales or transfers, or the perception of future sales or transfers, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering or transfer substantial amounts of our Class B common stock in a manner that would cause such Class B common stock to automatically convert into newly issued shares of Class A common stock, the market price of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of Class A common stock or transfer shares of Class B common stock could also depress our market price. Upon completion of this offering, we will have [ ] shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Taking into consideration the effect of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the remaining shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•

shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

•

shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

We, our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our outstanding common stock will enter into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering. The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the closing date of this offering, subject to extension upon the occurrence of specified events. The underwriter may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock up agreements.

In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will have an aggregate of up to [5,000,000] shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuances under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the Class A common stock subject to outstanding equity awards, as well as stock options and shares reserved for future issuance, under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, subject in the case of shares held by our affiliates to volume limits under Rule 144 and any applicable lock-up period.

After requisite holding periods have lapsed additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse. A decline in the price of shares of our Class A common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities.

Some provisions of Delaware law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our Class A common stock.

We have elected to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), an anti-takeover law, which we refer to as “Section 203.” This law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging under certain circumstances in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

●	prior to the date of the transaction, the Board of Directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
●	upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
●	on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. We have opted to be governed by this provision and, accordingly, we will be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203.

Upon the closing of this offering, our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the company more difficult, including the following:

•

a dual class common stock structure, which provides the Britt Family with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if the Britt Family beneficially owns significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock;

•

do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;

•

provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer, and by our stockholders only if holders of at least ten percent of all votes entitled to be cast on the proposed issue submit a written demand in accordance with the DGCL and the other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws;

•

establish advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates for election as directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; and

•

authorize undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued by our Board of Directors without stockholder approval.

These provisions could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a transaction involving a change in control of the company. These provisions could also have the effect of discouraging proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that you desire.

Limitation on Director’s Liability

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws will provide for indemnification of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL permits a corporation to limit or eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director which (i) were in bad faith, (ii) were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (iii) involved a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled. The DGCL also prohibits limitations on director liability for acts or omissions which resulted in a violation of a statute prohibiting certain dividend declarations, certain payments to stockholders after dissolution and particular types of loans. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of our Company and our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under the federal securities laws of the United States.

Choice of Forum

Amended and Restated Bylaws or (v) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Furthermore, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that in the event the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any action, suit or proceeding asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. There is uncertainty as to the enforceability of such exclusive forum provisions with respect to certain matters arising under the federal securities laws, and if a court were to find these provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Special Provisions Regarding our Class B Common Stock

The holders of record of the shares of Class B common stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors to our board of directors. Any Class B Director may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the shares of Class B common stock exclusively and as a separate class, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of such stockholders.

At any time when shares of Class B common stock are outstanding, we may not, without the affirmative vote of all of the Class B Directors:

	•		Amend, alter or otherwise change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Class B common stock, or amend, alter or repeal any provision of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Class B common stock.

	•		Liquidate, dissolve or wind-up our business, effect any merger or consolidation or any other deemed liquidation event or consent to any of the foregoing.

	•		Create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or issue additional shares of Class B common stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock.

	•		Increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the board of directors.

	•		Hire, terminate, change the compensation of, or amend the employment agreements of, our executive officers.

	•		Purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of our capital stock.

	•		Create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, if our aggregate indebtedness for borrowed money following such action would exceed $100,000, or guarantee, any indebtedness except for our own trade accounts arising in the ordinary course of business.

	•		Make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance outside of the ordinary course of business to any employee or director.

	•		Create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by us or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary.

	•		Change our principal business, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business.

	•		Enter into any agreement involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by us or to us of money or assets greater than $100,000.

	•		Enter into or be a party to any transaction outside of the ordinary course of business with any our directors, officers, or employees or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person or entity.

	•		Acquire, by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise, any material assets or securities of any other corporation, partnership or other entity.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as our Board of Directors may determine. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the Company.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $[ ] per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of [ ], if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $[ ]per share in pro forma net tangible book value (without assigning any value to the Warrants). See “Dilution.” As a result of such dilution, investors purchasing Common Units and the underlying securities in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the shares purchased in this offering in the event of a liquidation.

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately [5,000,000] shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued under the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will authorize us to issue these shares of Class A common stock and options relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved shares for issuance under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation—2022 Equity Incentive Plan.” Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering.

You may be diluted by the future exercises of the Warrants.

After this offering there will be approximately [ ] Warrants (assuming no exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option), exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of 125% of the public offering price per Common Unit set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any Class A common stock that we issue as a result of exercise of the Warrants would dilute the percentage ownership held by the holders of Class A common stock.

We will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of this offering, and we may not effectively expend the proceeds.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including expansion of our current service lines into additional states, entry into, development and enhancement of a storage facility segments, enlarging our cross-border services into Canada, potential acquisitions, repayment of indebtedness and capital expenditures. We will have significant flexibility and broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering and we may not apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively. Our management might not be able to yield a

significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We may change our dividend policy at any time.

We have no obligation to pay any dividend, and our dividend policy may change at any time without notice. The declaration and amount of any future dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors in determining whether dividends are in the best interest of our stockholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements applicable to the declaration and payment of cash dividends by us. Future dividends may also be affected by factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant, including our potential future capital requirements for investments, legal risks, changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate laws and contractual restrictions such as financial or operating covenants in our debt arrangements. As a result, we may not pay dividends at any rate or at all.

Our business and stock price may suffer as a result of our lack of public company operating experience.

We have been a privately-held company since we began operations in 2013. Our lack of public company operating experience may make it difficult to forecast and evaluate our future prospects. If we are unable to execute our business strategy, either as a result of our inability to effectively manage our business in a public company environment or for any other reason, our prospects, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operating” and “Business” and relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology.

These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control. We believe that these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, investments or other strategic transactions we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by any applicable securities laws.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the section titled “Business.” We have obtained the market data from certain publicly available sources of information, including publicly available independent industry publications and other third-party sources. IBIS World, Berkshire Select’s Anything Research, and Infiniti Research’s Technavio were the primary independent sources of market data. Unless otherwise indicated, statements in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and competitive position, business opportunity and market size, growth and share, are based on data from our internal research and management estimates and, where indicated, information from independent industry organizations and other third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts). Forecasts are based on industry surveys and the preparer’s expertise in the industry and there is no assurance that any of the forecasted amounts will be achieved. We believe the data that third parties have compiled is reliable, but we have not independently verified the accuracy of this information. Any forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models and experience of various professionals and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice. Forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under the headings “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ^® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which, to our knowledge, are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ , or approximately $ if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per Common Unit (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (i) approximately 30% for general corporate purposes, including working capital, (ii) approximately 15% dedicated to the expansion of our current service lines into additional states and enlarging our cross-border services into Canada, (iii) approximately 35% towards the entry into, development and enhancement of, the storage facility segment, which may include potential acquisitions of existing facilities, (iv) approximately 8% towards the repayment of indebtedness, and (v) approximately 12% towards capital expenditures related to increasing of our vehicle fleet and other tooling.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering of $ per Common Unit, based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $ million, assuming the number of Common Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 units in the number of Common Units from the expected number of Common Units to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per Common Unit, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $ million.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 30, 2021:

•

on an actual basis;

•

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance and sale of [ ] Common Units (assuming the exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants sold) by us in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ [ ] per Common Unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the application of the net proceeds of the offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table should be read in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Actual	As Adjusted⁽¹⁾
Cash and cash equivalents	`$866,922`	`$866,922`

Long-term debt	`$90,000`	`$90,000`
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, Class A	`375`	`375`
Common stock, Class B	`150`	`150`
Additional paid-in capital	`251,839`	`251,839`
Retained earnings	`84,253`	`84,253`
Total stockholders’ equity	`336,617`	`336,617`
Total capitalization	`$336,617`	`$336,617`

(1)Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ [ ] per Common Unit would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ investment and total capitalization by $ [ ], assuming the number of Common Units offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 Common Units from the expected number of Common Units to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $ [ ] per Common Unit, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ investment and total capitalization by approximately $[ ] million after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The declaration and payment of dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements and any debt agreements we are then party to and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that holders of our Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock will be treated equally and ratably on a per share basis with respect to any such dividends, unless disparate treatment is approved in advance by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

DILUTION

If you purchase in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per Common Unit (assuming the exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants sold in this offering, and without assigning any value to the Warrants) and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom.

Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2021 was approximately $336,617 or $0.06 per share of our common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding.

After giving pro forma effect to the sale by us of the Common Units in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $[ ] per Common Unit, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the receipt and application of the net proceeds, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2021, would have been $[ ] or $[ ] per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $[ ] per share and an immediate dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $ per share. Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share to be paid by new investors for the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares:

Assumed initial public offering price per Common Unit			$	`-`
Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2021	$	`0.06`
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering	$	`-`

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering			$	`0.06`

Dilution per share to new investors			$	`(0.06)`

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $[ ] per Common Unit would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $[ ] million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering rice, number of units and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and/or Warrants in this offering in full at the assumed initial public offering price of $[ ] per Common Unit and assuming the number of Common Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, the as adjusted net tangible book value would be approximately $[ ] per share, and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be approximately $[ ] per share.

The following table sets forth, on an as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2021, the differences between the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by the new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid. The table below assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

						Average
	Shares Purchased		Total Consideration			Price Per
	Number	Percent	Amount		Percent	Share
Existing stockholders	5,250,000	%	$	336,617	%	$	0.06
New investors⁽¹⁾	-	-%			%	$

Total	5,250,000	100%	$	336,617	100%

(1)	Does not reflect any shares that may be purchased by new investors from us pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by approximately $ . An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $ million, $ million and $ per share, respectively.

To the extent that we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised, the Warrants are exercised, or other issuances of Class A common stock are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our selected historical financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

You should read the following selected financial and other data together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Balance Sheet

	As of December 31, 2021	As of December 31, 2020
Assets:
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	`$866,922`	`$376,803`
Accounts receivable	`271,585`	`13,211`
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	`45,149`	`79,802`
Total current assets	`1,183,656`	`469,816`

Deferred offering costs	`209,895`	`-`
Property and equipment, net	`405,538`	`526,772`
Total assets	`$1,799,089`	`$996,588`

Liabilities and Members' Equity:
Current liabilities
Account payable	`$91,699`	`$21,635`
Accrued liabilities	`207,073`	`92,782`
Notes payable – related parties	`970,000`	`-`
Total current liabilities	`1,268,772`	`114,417`

Long term liabilities
Notes payable	`90,000`	`133,610`
Deferred tax liabilities	`103,700`	`-`
Total liabilities	`1,462,472`	`248,027`
Commitments and contingencies

Members' and Stockholders’ Equity:
Members' equity	`-`	`748,561`
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 48,000,000 shares authorized; 3,750,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021	`375`	`-`
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,500,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021	`150`	`-`
Additional paid-in capital	`251,839`	`-`
Retained earnings	`84,253`	`-`
Total members' and stockholders’ equity	`336,617`	`748,561`
Total liabilities an’ members' and stockholders’ equity	`$1,799,089`	`$996,588`

Income Statement

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021	For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue, net	$4,979,856	$4,878,383
Cost of revenues	2,325,892	1,748,240
Gross profit	2,653,964	3,130,143

Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	539,265	787,579
General and administrative expenses	880,864	764,018
Total operating expenses	1,420,120	1,551,597

Income from operations	1,233,835	1,578,546

Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(16,931)	(131)
Forgiveness of debt	43,610	-
Other income, net	22,763	10,879
Total other income, net	49,442	10,748

Income before provision for income taxes	1,283,277	1,589,294

Provision for income taxes	(111,206)	(89,585)

Net income	$1,172,071	$1,499,709

Basic and diluted net income per unit/share of common stock	$0.22	$14,997.09
Weighted-average number of units/common stock used in computing basic and diluted per unit/share of common stock amounts	5,250,000	100

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Selected Historical Financial and Other Data” and financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in any forward-looking statements. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Elate Moving, LLC was formed on March 22, 2013 with the intent of building a high-touch, best-in-class moving and storage company that would provide domestic concierge services and international relocation solutions for residential, commercial and government clients in the U.S. and Canada. We believe we have developed a differentiated business model that is difficult to replicate and a breadth of complementary service offerings. Our highly nimble and balanced business model combines asset-based moving services with asset-light logistics and concierge service offerings, enabling us to serve the range of our customers’ moving, relocation and storage needs.

As we continue to expand our current services and look to increase our footprint in the storage segment, our results of operations are impacted by market demands, workforce capacity and wage costs, and traditional seasonality ebbs and flows.

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was signed into law on April 5, 2012. As permitted under Section 102(b)(1) of this Act, the Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This election allows the Company to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to those of companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Factors Affecting Our Company and Results of Operations

Market Demand

Our results of operations are affected by industry-wide economic factors, general economic conditions, seasonal moving patterns and our capacity. The industry in which we operate is impacted by demand for moving and storage of personal, antique and commercial belongings, for residential moves to corporate and governmental relocations. Our results of operations depend on our ability to efficiently manage our resources to provide superior solutions to our customers. These factors impact our decisions in areas such as allocating capital to driver wages, additional storage capabilities, and vehicle acquisitions and upkeep.

Workforce Capacity and Wage Cost

We recognize that our workforce is one of our most valuable assets. At times, there are workforce shortages in the industry as customer moving demands increase. Changes in the demographic composition of the workforce, alternative employment opportunities that become available in the economy, increasing the wages our workforce requires, and individual drivers’ personal needs can affect availability of experienced individuals.

Seasonality

In our industry, results of operations generally show a seasonal pattern. As our customers tend to be more active in the spring and summer months – our second and third quarters – due to a variety of factors, including schools being out of session. As schools restart near the end of our third fiscal quarter, and the holiday season approaches, our customers tend to delay relocating and our fourth quarter tends to be a slightly lower quarter.

Key Performance Indicators

We rely upon adjusted income from operations to evaluate our business performance and facilitate long-term strategic planning. See below for additional information regarding the results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations:

	For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021	For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue, net	`$4,979,856`	`$4,878,383`
Cost of revenues	`2,325,892`	`1,748,240`
Gross profit	`2,653,964`	`3,130,143`

Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	`539,265`	`787,579`
General and administrative expenses	`880,864`	`764,018`
Total operating expenses	`1,420,129`	`1,551,597`

Income from operations	`1,233,835`	`1,578,546`

Other income (expense):
Interest expense	`(16,931)`	`(131)`
Forgiveness of debt	`43,610`	`-`
Other income, net	`22,763`	`10,879`
Total other income, net	`49,442`	`10,748`

Income before provision for income taxes	`1,283,277`	`1,589,294`

Provision for income taxes	`(111,206)`	`(89,585)`

Net income	`$1,172,071`	`$1,499,709`

Basic and diluted net income per unit/share of common stock	`$0.22`	`$14,997.09`
Weighted-average number of units/common stock used in computing basic and diluted per unit amounts	`5,250,000`	`100`

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, items in our Statement of Operations as a percentage of operating revenue:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021	For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue, net	100%	100%
Cost of revenues	47%	36%
Gross profit	53%	64%

Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	11%	16%
General and administrative expenses	18%	16%
Total operating expenses	29%	32%

Income from operations	25%	32%

Other income (expense):
Interest expense	0%	0%
Forgiveness of debt	1%	0%
Other income (expense), net	0%	0%
Total other income, net	1%	0%

Income before provision for income taxes	26%	33%

Provision for income taxes	-2%	-2%

Net income	24%	31%

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020

Net Income

Net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $1.172 million, a decrease of $0.328 million, or 22%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020, primarily due to an increase in operating costs which included, higher fuel, referral fees, depreciation expense, salaries and other variable costs as well as an increase in professional fees in preparation of public company filings. See below for additional variables.

Revenue

Operating revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $4.980 million, an increase of $101,473, or 2%, compared to $4.878 million for the same twelve-month period in 2020. The increase was primarily due to price and volume increases as a result of higher moving demand and an increase in existing customer referrals. The higher moving demand was a result of an increase in customers relocating from eastern metropolitan cities to suburban areas.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 were $2.326 million compared to $1.748 million for the same twelve-month period in 2020, an increase of $0.578 million or 33%. Key cost of revenue items are described below.


	•		Courier services and packing supplies for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 increased by approximately $64,000, or 22%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The increase was primarily due to the need for more courier services for our customers. Courier services and packing supplies represented 26% of our cost of revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 22% of our cost of revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.

	•		Rent expense, including allocated facility rent, storage rent, and equipment rental, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 increased by approximately $42,000, or 9%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The increase was primarily due to additional equipment rental costs and storage facilities costs. Rent expense represented 36% of our cost of revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 compared to 35% of our cost of revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, which had a slightly favorable impact on our gross margins.

	•		Vehicle related expenses, including fuel, parking , and fees for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 increased by approximately $45,000, or 16%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The increase was due to increased vehicle leases and parking costs. As a percentage of cost of revenues, vehicle related expenses increased from 21% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 to 23% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 were $1.42 million compared to $1.55 million for the same twelve-month period in 2020, a decrease of $0.13 million or 8.5%. Key expense items are described below.

•

Salaries, wages, payroll taxes and benefits for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 increased by approximately $449,600, or 98%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The increase in salaries, wages, payroll taxes and benefits.

•

Postage and printing supplies and expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 decreased by approximately $235,700, or 51% compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The decrease in postage and printing supplies and expenses was primarily due to a reduction in our direct mailing program which took place in 2020 due to the increase in referrals from existing customers as well as additional awareness through our growing reputation. Postage and printing supplies and expenses represented 10% of our operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 23% of our operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.

•

Rent expense, including auto leases and property taxes, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 increased by approximately $4,501, or 3%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The increase was primarily due to procuring space for our corporate office operations for which the Company was able to cease the use of virtual offices during the like period. Rent expense represented 7% of our operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 compared to 8% of our operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.

•

Advertising and promotion expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 decreased by approximately $148,962, or 11%, compared to the same twelve-month period in 2020. The decrease in advertising and promotion expenses was primarily related to reduced expenses with an outside media company.

Income from Operations

Income from operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $1.234 million, a decrease of $0.345 million, or 22%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in the 2021 income from operations was primarily due to an increase in 2021 operating expenses (salaries, wages, payroll taxes and benefits).

Interest and Taxes

	•		Interest expense—net for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 increased by $16,800 compared to 2020. The increase in interest expense—net is primarily due to interest associated with the various company credit cards and the Britt Family short-term notes.

	•		Our effective tax rate for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was 9% compared to 6% for 2020. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the change in the legal entity from an LLC to a C-corporation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary uses of cash are working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt service requirements. Additionally, from time to time, we may use cash for acquisitions and other investing and financing activities. Working capital is required principally to ensure we are able to run the business and have sufficient funds to satisfy maturing short-term debt and upcoming operational expenses. Our capital expenditures consist primarily of transportation equipment and IT-related assets.

Historically, our primary source of liquidity has been cash flow from operations. We anticipate that cash generated from operations together with amounts provided by our outstanding loans with the Britt Family will be sufficient to meet our future working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due for the foreseeable future. To the extent additional funds are necessary to meet our long-term liquidity needs as we continue to execute our business strategy, we anticipate that they will be obtained through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of funds. In the event that we need access to additional cash, we may not be able to access the credit markets on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Our ability to fund future operating expenses and capital expenditures and our ability to meet future debt service obligations or refinance our indebtedness will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond our control, including those described under “Risk Factors.”

The following table presents, as of the dates indicated, our cash and cash equivalents and debt:

	As of December 31, 2021	As of December 31, 2020
Cash and cash equivalents	`$866,922`	`$376,803`
Notes payable	`$90,000`	`$133,610`
Notes payable, related parties	`$970,000`	`$-`

We believe our liquid assets, cash generated from operations, and various financing arrangements will provide sufficient funds for our capital requirements for the foreseeable future.

Debt

As of December 31, 2021, we had the following notes outstanding:

	Principal Outstanding	Issuance Date	Maturity Date	Interest Rate
SBA EIDL Loan	`$90,000`	6/18/2020	6/18/2050	`3.75%`
J. Britt Note	`485,000`	10/4/2021	10/4/2022	`5%`
K. Britt Note	`485,000`	10/4/2021	10/4/2022	`5%`
	`$1,060,000`

The note was issued by Elate Moving, LLC, and the EIDL Loan is secured by Elate Group, Inc. The note may be repaid at any point prior to maturity date without penalty.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions, expansion into additional states, development and enhancement of storage capacity and services, enlarging our cross-border services into Canada, repayment of indebtedness and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

This summary of our financing arrangements does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying agreements, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Capital Expenditures

The Company’s capital expenditures consist entirely of purchases of vehicles used in operations. See “Cash Flows” below.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, the changes to our cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities. It has been derived from our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021	For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Net cash provided by operating activities	`$1,207,708`	`$1,599,362`
Net cash used in investing activities	`(10,741)`	`(209,534)`
Net cash used in financing activities	`$(706,848)`	`$(1,222,174)`

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

At December 31, 2021, we had approximately $866,922 of cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $490,119 compared to December 31, 2020. The following discussion summarizes changes to our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

Operating Activities: For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash provided by operating activities was $1,207,708 compared to $1,599,362 for the year end in 2020. The decrease of $391,654, or 24%, was primarily due to the decrease in net income as a result of the increase in expenses.

Investing Activities: For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash used in investing activities was $10,741 compared to $209,534 for the year ended in 2020. The decrease of $198,793, or 95%, was primarily due to decreased equipment purchases for use in our operations. Additional capital investments are expected to be incurred as the Company expands its operations.

Financing Activities: For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash used in financing activities was $706,848 compared to $1,222,174 for the year ended in 2020. The decrease of $515,326, or 42%, was primarily due to a decrease in member distributions and also proceeds of notes payable from the Britt family. The Company’s members had previously accumulated a significant amount of capital within the entity which amounts were distributed in 2020, with less distributed in 2021.

Contractual Obligations

We are committed to making cash payments in the future on long-term debt, capital leases and operating leases. We have not guaranteed the debt of any other party. The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2021 for each of the periods indicated:

			Less than						More than
	Total		1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		5 years
Long-term debt obligations—principal	$	90,000	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	90,000
Long-term debt obligations—interest		-		-		-		-		-
Operating lease obligations		231,697		131,226		100,471		-		-
Total	$	321,697	$	131,226	$	100,471	$	-	$	90,000

The contractual obligations table is presented as of December 31, 2021. The amount of these obligations can be expected to change over time as new contracts are initiated and existing contracts are completed, terminated or modified.

Operating Leases

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements other than our operating leases. Please see “—Cash Flows–Contractual Obligations.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates. All of these market risks arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative trading activities.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash of $866,922 as of December 31, 2021, which consists of bank deposits with FDIC participating banks. The cash on deposit with banks is not susceptible to interest rate risk.

Inflation Risk

Inflation can have an impact on our operating costs. A prolonged period of inflation could cause interest rates, fuel, wages and other costs to increase, which would adversely affect our results of operations unless freight rates correspondingly increase. However, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and assumptions that impact the amounts reported in our Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Therefore, these estimates and assumptions affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and associated disclosures of contingent liabilities. Management evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis, utilizing historical experience, consultation with third parties and other methods considered reasonable in the particular circumstances. Nevertheless, actual results may differ significantly from our estimates. Any effects on our business, financial position or results of operations resulting from revisions to these estimates are recognized in the accounting period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. We consider our critical accounting policies and estimates to be those that require us to make more significant judgments and estimates when we prepare our financial statements and include the following:

Depreciation of Property and Equipment

We operate a significant number of trucks, trailers, containers, chassis and other equipment in connection with our business and must select estimated useful lives and salvage values for calculating depreciation. Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. It is depreciated to an estimated salvage value using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life. Depreciable lives of revenue equipment range from 4 to 20 years and are based on historical experience, as well as future expectations regarding the period we expect to benefit from the assets and company policies around maintenance and asset replacement. Estimates of salvage value at the expected date of sale are based on the expected market values of equipment at the expected time of disposal. We consider our experience with similar assets, conditions in the used revenue equipment market and operational information such as average annual miles. We periodically review the reasonableness of our estimates regarding useful lives and salvage values of our revenue equipment and adjust these assumptions appropriately when warranted. We review our property and equipment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss equal to the excess of carrying amount over fair value would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable.

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are presently focused on seven metro markets along the east coast of the U.S. These metro areas are in and around Boston, MA; Greenwich, CT; Southampton, NY; Woodcliff Lake, NJ; New York, NY; Philadelphia, PA and Washington, D.C., with near-term goals to expand into additional markets in the western and southern states of the U.S. We currently operate in these markets with a growing fleet of trucks kept at our hub in Brooklyn, New York, and an expanding professional relocation team composed of 27 full-time and 5 part-time employees.

Our comprehensive moving services include disassembly, packing, unpacking, re-setup, and temporary storage. It can involve ceiling and wall removal and reinstallation of artwork, lighting (e.g., chandeliers and sconces) and other fixtures, and audio-visual equipment (e.g., televisions and stereo equipment). We provide custom-build crating for the relocation or storage of high-value items, such as for fine art and furniture, musical instruments (e.g., pianos) and fragile items, that ensures their safety and protection. We also provide complete gym and playground equipment disassembly and reassembly, carpentry, furniture restoration and repair, professional cleaning at both origin and destination, and donation and disposal services. We offer express delivery within guaranteed timeframes for local, nationwide or cross-border (Canada) moves, which utilize the same truck and team at both origin and destination (although for large projects we may sometimes hire additional temporary workers at the destination). We also provide concierge/on-demand short and long-term storage services.

Our specialty is residential high-end moving and storage for more affluent clientele seeking a white glove experience. We define high-end residential moves as those as involving houses or apartments valued in excesses of $5 million. This has included relocations of some of the most highly valued homes in the country, owned by A-list celebrities, sports stars and government dignitaries. We have also serviced higher-end, non-residential clients such as five-star hotels and top government agencies.

While not all of our business involves affluent customers and high-end engagements, one of our largest high-end relocations was a $144 million estate in Greenwich, Connecticut, and was considered the highest-valued home in the affluent town located just outside New York City. The $50,000 project included carefully crating and transporting many priceless works of art, museum-quality furniture and antiques.

That move was eclipsed in September 2021 with a moving and storage project that involved the “most expensive home” in the Hamptons of Long Island, New York. The New York Post reported the home as being valued at more than $175 million. The 20,000-sf. residence had 12 bedrooms and 14 baths and was filled with priceless art and furnishings. The move was valued at $40,000 and generated approximately 60% gross margins in line with the earlier Greenwich move and most others that the Company undertakes. The week-long project also

included storing items at Westy Self Storage and Life Storage as a concierge self-storage service that was fully managed by us.

We believe our bespoke offerings and reputation for quality service is unparalleled in the industry and not easily replicated by our competitors. Given the numerous top ratings by many satisfied customers as posted to Yelp!, Google Reviews and Angie.com, we believe our extraordinary attention to detail, flawless protection of personal property and commitment to customer service has generated a sterling reputation that we believe is second to none. Our highly satisfied residential and commercial clients have provided tremendous endorsements, word-of-mouth advertising and an ongoing stream of high-value referrals. From our experience, we believe this niche of the moving and storage markets is underserved, and we are uniquely qualified to seize market share.

Our emphasis on quality has earned us accolades and ongoing referrals from many marquee corporate and government clients as well, such as:

·Sotheby’s International Realty

·Keller Williams Real Estate

·Charles Schwab

·New York State Insurance Fund

·Four Seasons Hotel (Downtown Manhattan)

·The James Hotels

·UOVO, premier provider of storage services for art and valued collections.

·Trump International Hotels Management

·United Nations

·United States Military Academy (West Point)

·New York State Office of General Services

·New York Department of Motor Vehicles

·U.S. Social Security Administration

·U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA)

·Westy Self Storage

One of the Company’s largest commercial relocations was for the New York State Insurance Fund, which is New York’s largest workers’ compensation and disability benefits carrier. The 2-month project was valued at $360,000 and required 50 truckloads to complete.

We are also an approved vendor for the United Nations (U.N.) and have move more than 15 of its employees and two U.N. ambassadors over the last three years. Between 2016 and 2019, we conducted four relocations for the United States Military Academy (West Point), valued at approximately $190,000 in total.

In October of 2020, we relocated the entire multi-million-dollar art storage collection of UOVO, a premier provider of storage services for art, archives and valued collections. The move was valued to us at more than $120,000 and affirmed the Company as a preferred provider of high-end relocations involving fine art. The project also highlighted the Company’s specialized moving containers, developed in house, and its proprietary methods that ensure safe transportation and flawless delivery.

We receive regular referrals by real estate agencies, such as Sotheby’s International Realty and Keller Williams Real Estate, as well as received moving engagements by them and others for house staging. We may have as many as 10 house staging engagements per month. We may pay the real estate agency small referral fee, such as 10% of the value of the project. Another regular source of regular referrals is from our storage partner, Westy Self Storage, as well as from building managers of luxury apartment buildings in cities such as New York City.

Over the years, we have grown largely by referrals from these organizations and our highly satisfied clients, conducting more than 20,000 relocations since our inception. Our growth and profitability over the past few years also reflects our success and emphasis on strong fiscal stewardship, even during the persistent COVID-19 pandemic.

2019 - 2021 Statement of Operations (condensed)	Year Ended Dec. 31, 2021	Year Ended Dec. 31, 2020	Year Ended Dec. 31, 2019
Revenue, net	$ 4,979,856	$ 4,878,383	$ 3,097,163
Total Cost of Goods Sold	(2,325,892)	(1,748,240)	(1,493,314)
Gross Profit	$ 2,653,964	$ 3,130,143	$ 1,603,849
Gross Margin	53.3%	64.2%	51.8%
Total Expenses	(1,420,129)	(1,551,597)	(1,197,468)
Income from Operations	$1,233,835	$1,578,546	$406,381
Total Other Income (Expense)	49,442	10,748	(167)
Income before provision for income taxes	*$1,283,277*	*$1,589,294*	*$406,214*
Provision for income taxes	(111,206)	(89,585)	(20,385)
Net Income	$ 1,172,071	$ 1,499,709	$ 385,829

History and Development

Founder’s Dream

Since its inception in 2013, the Company has evolved into a premier high-end moving and storage brand. This has been driven primarily by the vision and leadership of our Company’s founder, President and CEO, Kevin Britt. After immigrating to the U.S. from Europe in 2004 with just a few dollars in his pocket, the success of the Company epitomizes the realization of the American Dream. Mr. Britt believes he is living proof there is an abundance of opportunities for success in America, particularly for those willing to work hard, push the boundaries of what is possible, and pursue their dreams.

Mr. Britt was born and raised in Kiev, the capital of Ukraine. Fascinated with language at an early age, he went on to earn advanced degrees in language and international finance from two of the country’s most prestigious universities, Kiev Taras Shevchenko National University and Kiev Institute of International Relations. High grades earned him scholarships to these universities, and he worked part-time as a language tutor to make ends meet.

From his studies and travels, Mr. Britt gained a master’s degree proficiency in the translation and real-time interpretation of multiple languages, including English, German, French, Spanish and Japanese. These language skills became especially useful when he served as an intern at the European Central Bank and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. There Mr. Britt discovered the world of international business and investment, and grew to admire great American entrepreneurs, like Steven Jobs, who from humble beginnings eventually transformed their industries.

After graduation, Mr. Britt was confident he could do well if he remained in Europe, but the allure of the U.S. business world soon set him on a journey to New York City. Mr. Britt had no family or business ties in the U.S., but driven by aspirations of someday starting his own business, he explored several career paths. Over the following few years, Mr. Britt worked for a local moving company, as a language teacher, a real estate agent and then as a FINRA-licensed investment advisor at Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

Mr. Britt discovered his language skills gave him a great advantage with clients and in multi-cultural neighborhoods in and around New York City, and especially when serving wealthy and prominent internationals. Mr. Britt had always enjoyed the personal service aspects of the moving business and eventually returned to the industry with the founding of Elate Moving, LLC. The more Mr. Britt learned about the moving and storage business, the more he thought of ways to better serve his customers, and especially ways to set Elate apart from the competition.

As Mr. Britt formulated the mission for the Company, he was confident that he would have a strong advantage in the space, not only because of his language skills, but also due to his strong educational background and financial experience. These factors enabled Mr. Britt to establish and operate the Company on sound financial footing as he set out to build it from a small startup into a leader in its industry.

The Beginning Years

Starting with one rented truck and a few fellow movers from past jobs, Mr. Britt put the Company on the map by providing a bespoke experience for its customers. Mr. Britt recognized that moving one’s home or place of business is always a stressful experience, so he decided our mission should be to make the process as easy and painless as possible. Rather than embarking on a “race to the bottom” by trying to offer the cheapest moves where he would only be able to afford the least experienced workers, Mr. Britt instead focused on offering dedicated moving professionals who would provide a complete end-to-end packing and unpacking solution, including fine art and antique furniture.

This solution would include full setup at the new location, inclusive of carefully hanging artwork and televisions on the walls and chandeliers from the ceiling. As business progressed, he discovered the Company was providing a value and level of convenience few others could match, which his customers greatly appreciated. Mr. Britt learned that customers were willing to pay extra for a superior level of service, which resulted in higher revenue and higher-margin engagements for the Company.

From our first move with one truck, Mr. Britt has steadily expanded the Company by purchasing additional trucks and training his employees one at a time to do the very best they can with each and every move. Mr. Britt’s finance background has served him, and us, well from the beginning, as he never allowed our fixed costs to outrun the volume of our moves. Mr. Britt proved the Company to be a readily scalable platform, and his fiscally conservative approach has historically provided positive returns.

Over the next several years, we steadily increased our geographic footprint and reach, predominantly from client and partner referrals, and to a lesser extent, effective online and direct advertising. A major referral partner has been Westy Self Storage (“Westy”), which operates 14 high-end self-storage facilities located along the East Coast of the U.S. Given Westy’s like-minded approach to high-quality, high-touch service, Westy has continued to provide three to four customers to us for every customer we have introduced to Westy.

Elate now operates in multiple markets, primarily in Southampton, NY; New York City, NY; Greenwich, CT; Philadelphia, PA; Boston, MA; Washington, DC; and Woodcliff Lake, NJ. Given our strong web presence and high ratings, we also attract international customers for major relocations to and from Canada. From art and wine to precious antiques, our relocation experts continue to handle and transport irreplaceable valuables in and between these regions and coast-to-coast.

Formula for Success

Over the years, we have also diversified our offerings to include commercial moves and concierge storage, and express cross-country moves. The company believes it offers prospective customers a relocation and storage package that few others can match. Our moving team never changes during a long-distance move, and there is no consolidation of items from different customer moves on our trucks. We also never use trains, which can lead to breakage and lost items. The Company believes the extra measures ensure better security for its customers and their precious belongings, which in turn creates greater trust and better referrals. This formula and dedication to excellent service has attracted thousands of satisfied residential and commercial clients over the last eight years.

As a result of our growing reputation for high-quality service, we have managed the relocations of prominent celebrities, athletes, dignitaries, and corporate executives from across the spectrum. The endorsements and referrals from these clients have continued to advance the Company as one of the most respected and admired high touch moving and storage brands in the market. Our strong reputation continues to attract some of the biggest estate moves in the regions we serve.

Our strong reputation for quality service has also attracted a growing number of marquee commercial clients. The Company has proudly served world-class organizations that have included Sotheby’s International Realty, James Hotels, Charles Schwab, Four Seasons Hotels, Trump Hotels and many others. We have also secured large government moving contracts from agencies such as the Social Security Administration, the United Nations, United States Military Academy (West Point), and departments of the State of New York. Such engagements require not only highly skilled professional movers, but also a high level of security, logistics, personal care in packing and transportation, and re-setup of sensitive assets.

Over the next few years, the Company is looking to Texas, California and Arizona as prime targets for new operational hubs. We view these as dynamic markets where our premium suite of offerings would be well received. The Company has also identified opportunities for expanding its offerings to include its own high-end self-storage facilities, which would be designed with fine art and valuable possessions in mind. The Company also sees strong growth potential in the expansion of its on-demand concierge pick-up and delivery services.

Industry and Competition

While there are strong synergies between the moving/relocation and storage market, these are distinct market segments that each have strong drivers for growth and opportunity.

Moving & Relocation

As with most industries, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively affected the moving industry. However, as an essential service, movers were allowed to remain open in areas where shutdowns were mandated.

According to annual studies released by United Van Lines, in 2020 and 2021, Americans were on the move to lower-density areas and to be closer to their families. In 2021, 31.8% of Americans who moved did so in order to be closer to family, up from 27.0% in 2020, indicating a new trend coming out of the pandemic as priorities and lifestyle choices shift, according to the study. Additionally, 32.5% of Americans moved for a new job or job transfer in 2021, a significant decrease from 40% in 2020, and especially from the more than 60% in 2015.

The top inbound states of 250 moves or more in 2021:

1.Vermont

2.South Dakota

3.South Carolina

4.West Virginia

5.Florida

6.Alabama

7.Tennessee

8.Oregon

9.Idaho

10. Rhode Island

The top outbound states of 250 moves or more in 2021:

1.New Jersey

2.Illinois

3.New York

4.Connecticut

5.California

6.Michigan

7.Massachusetts

8.Louisiana

9.Ohio

10.Nebraska

We are currently focused on states which have the greatest number of outbound migrations within our geographical footprint, which includes New Jersey, New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts and Maryland/Washington D.C. The net migration outflows are notable, which includes many high-net worth individuals seeking to escape states with onerous tax burdens. These are largely the clients we serve.

The moving industry is highly fragmented, according to data firm IBISWorld, with a low level of market share concentration. The top four largest operators account for 9.8% of industry revenue.

Three million Americans move interstate annually, according to moving intelligence platform, SHYFT, reflecting a robust market. The following statistics highlight the scale and scope of the moving segment.

·Americans move an average of 11.7 times over their lifetime.

·9.8 percent of Americans move annually.

·15.3 million households in America, with an average size of 2.3 family members, move annually.

·Approximately 7,000 moving companies in the U.S. with about 50,000 moving trucks.

·122,600 people are employed by the moving industry, with a combined payroll about $3.6 billion annually.

·Moving companies work in 13,900 locations across the U.S.

·There are approximately 186,722 jobs created by the moving industry.

·Estimated total annual contribution of the moving industry to the U.S. economy is $86 billion.

Concierge Storage

Our specialty is high-end moving and storage for more affluent clientele seeking a white glove experience. We believe this niche of the moving market and storage market is underserved, and we are uniquely qualified to seize market share.

leaves 80% of U.S. self-storage facilities owned and operated by independent entities. The 2021 Self Storage Almanac also reported that:

·49,000 self-storage facilities in the U.S., up from 47,000 in 2019.

·From 2010 to 2020, average occupancy rates increased from 75.7% to 92.2%.

·Net rentable space exceeds 58 million-sf.

In terms of self-storage type, there is strong demand for traditional indoor storage, climate-controlled storage and outdoor storage for boats/cars/RVs.

The global concierge services market was valued at $596 million in 2020 and is anticipated to grow at more than 5.3% through 2027, according to IMR Data. While this report is not specific to concierge moving and storage, we believe the growth in demand for concierge services reflects an increasing number of consumers who are looking to outsource routine or specialized tasks to concierge services or personal assistance services to save time and avoid inconvenience. We expect other factors such as lack of work-life balance, busy work schedules, and time constraints to boost the demand for such concierge services.

Given these factors, we are interested in further growing and enhancing our concierge self-storage business through both expanding partnerships with existing self-storage providers like Westy Self Storage, as well as establishing our own storage facilities that would feature self-storage access as well as warehousing the goods of our full-service concierge/valet storage customers. Such services will cater to not only affluent clients, but anyone looking for a more convenient self-storage solution and who sees the value in the personal time savings our concierge services can provide.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are an entrepreneurial-driven, high-growth company, with a distinct and premier moving and storage brand for residential, corporate and government clients, particularly for the higher-end of the market.

Our Company is differentiated in the marketplace due to several competitive advantages:

·Deep experience and unrivaled expertise in moving and storage of highly valued assets for individuals and enterprises.

·We specialize in high-end art and antique relocation with professional staff averaging five plus years of experience servicing this niche.

·Fully licensed with several U.S. state governments, the U.S. Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the Ministry of Transportation of Ontario.

·We have maintained top-score ratings by our many satisfied customer posting on Yelp! (4.5 out of 5 stars average), Google Reviews (4.9 out of 5 stars average) and Angie.com (with a 95% recommend rating).

·As a member of the New York Teamsters Union, we can engage the highest quality manpower at a short notice, enabling us to execute guaranteed moves of high complexity, size and value in this highly active market.

·We have developed a specialized packing and moving system that provides custom creating for high-end artwork, furniture, chandeliers and other precious items. This can include certified materials required for international shipments, such as to Japan. Our competitors typically do not provide custom creating, but instead use only simple cardboard boxes or moving blankets.

In addition to these distinctions, we offer clients an end-to-end moving and storage solution, which promises the same moving team at each location.

Based upon our published services and those of our competitors, we believe our delivery times nationwide are unmatched.

·We believe that we are the only moving company on the East Coast that can guarantee next day delivery from NYC, CT or NJ to Toronto, Ottawa or Montreal.

·We guarantee delivery from NY, CT, NJ to CA, WA and Vancouver in four/five days; Texas in three days; Florida in two days; Colorado in three/four days; and Illinois in two days.

We pride ourselves in providing what we believe to be the best-in-class moving and storage services for the most demanding clients. The table below compares our services to whom we view as our closest competitors in the current regional markets we serve:

Our Growth Strategies

Geographic Expansion of Relocation Services

We plan to expand our geographic footprint to include hubs in other major metropolitan areas in North America with the demographics that we believe would support our business model, including, but not limited to, Phoenix, Arizona; Los Angeles, California; and Austin and Dallas, Texas. The demographics we see may also include areas in Canada, such as in the Toronto region.

To support this expansion, over the next year, we plan to increase our current truck fleet from 10 owned and three leased trucks, to more than 25 trucks. We may make greater increases to the number of trucks in our fleet as the market demands and can support, and as according to the pace we find and train our moving teams. We can also continue to rent additional trucks to handle peak moving periods as well as for long-distance, one-way moves. Our truck rental service provider, Penske, provides us discounts up 10% based upon our long-term relationship and repeat business.

We also plan to increase the number of international moves beyond just Canada by adding additional customer marketing and support for this to our website.

Concierge Self-Storage

We see self-storage services, and particularly concierge self-storage, as a strong growth driver for our business over time. We currently partner with Westy Self Storage, a Northeast-based operator, to provide storage and self-storage to our clients. Depending on the geographic location of the storage customer, we may also use other self-storage providers. For temporary storage (those storage needs lasting less than one month) we may use our 5,000-sf. warehouse located in Brooklyn, New York.

For the convenience of select clients, we may rent third-party storage on their behalf and bill them accordingly or charge them for the storage at our warehouse. By way of example only, if we rent a 100-sf. storage space from Westy, the current costs to us would be approximately $350 per month and we would anticipate charging our concierge storage customer $395 per month. Our gross margins in this space is approximately 15% depending on rentable unit sf. We provide the delivery to and from storage as requested by the customer. We estimate our concierge self-storage business generated revenue of about $420,000, or 8% of our total revenue, in 2021, with about 10-20 customers in any given month on this program.

Our concierge storage service may also include same-day or next day pickup of items at the customer’s location or retrieval from storage of their items for which we charge additional fees.

Over the next few years, we plan to establish two to three self-storage facilities of 1,000-1,500 units each. We may purchase an existing building and convert it to public storage if zoning allows it or build a new facility. We anticipate financing the purchases through standard commercial mortgage financing, which may include utilizing certain firms the Company has identified that specialize in self-storage facility financing. We anticipate construction or renovation would begin at our first site in 2022, with the opening planned for 2023.

Assuming we establish 200,000 sf. of total storage space with two buildings, or 140,000-sf. of usable space, with occupancy of 80-90%, this could generate approximately $6.1 million in additional revenue annually. Since they would be our own facilities, we anticipate the gross margins would be higher than our current concierge self-storage services gross margins and in line with our concierge relocation services at more than 60%, on average.

Advertising

In addition to referrals, a key source for customer acquisition has been online digital advertising, such as the use of Google AdWords, as well as social media tools, and direct mail. We plan to increase our budget for advertising over the next year. Given historical results, we anticipate that an increase of $750,000 to $1 million in advertising expenditures would result in a 50 to 70 percent increase in moving revenue. We would anticipate similar results for our concierge storage business as it develops.

Strategic Acquisitions

There is to the best of our knowledge, no publicly traded company of our size in our industry with moving and storage as its focus, and especially offering the concierge-level services we provide. We believe our status as such a publicly traded, “pure-play” company would provide us certain advantages as we pursue a strategic acquisition program. We are also considering acquisitions as a way to overcome any future labor shortages and accelerate our growth more rapidly.

Commercial & Government

Technology

We are in the process of implementing a new state-of-the-art customer relationship management software system (CRM) with engagement analytics. We believe this will help us take better advantage of our customer relationships and scale our business. We are also looking to develop a native mobile app that will provide an interactive system that would be designed to help customers and the Company more easily and efficiently evaluate potential relocation and storage engagements. The app would also be used by our customers to manage their self-storage items, and schedule pick up and deliveries from storage.

At our planned self-storage facilities, we intend to use the latest smart technology that will enable us to fully automate the move-in process and capture more after-hour rentals. We intend to pursue a system in which entry and storage locks will be wireless and keyless, controlled by a customer’s smartphone, which we believe would support greater security, efficiency, customer satisfaction, and lower cost of operation.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and significant employees at the time of effectiveness of this registration statement:

Name	Age	Position
Kevin Britt	40	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Garry N. Lowenthal	62	Chief Financial Officer and Director
Julia Britt	37	Chief Accounting Officer
Andre Peschong	54	Director
Gary Stein	72	Director
Mykola (Nicholas) Melnyk	38	Head of Sales

Set forth below is biographical information about each of the individuals named in the table above:

Kevin Britt founded the Company in 2013 and has served as CEO since inception. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. Britt worked as a licensed investment advisor at Fordham Financial Management, Inc., and was responsible for investment strategies, portfolio and account management, risk assessment and financial modeling. In addition, he held a New York real estate license and served as a broker for Lincoln Square Realty. Mr. Britt immigrated to the U.S. from Ukraine in 2004 after earning a master's degree in translation and interpretation from Kiev Taras Shevchenko National University with proficiency in English, French, German, Spanish and Japanese. He utilized his linguistic talents as a simultaneous translator/interpreter and private instructor in the U.S. and Europe. Mr. Britt also holds a master's in international finance from the Kiev Institute of International Relations, and a certificate in finance and economics, including an internship at the European Central Bank and Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Mr. Britt is uniquely qualified to lead us as a publicly traded company.

Garry N. Lowenthal has served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company since December 2021. Mr. Lowenthal has formerly been a director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fision Corporation (OTCQB: FSSN) from 2010 to 2019. In 2019 Mr. Lowenthal became an advisor through his consulting company Security First International, Inc. Mr. Lowenthal has over 25 years extensive experience in senior operations and key finance management positions, both with private and public companies. He has developed a substantial background with equity capital raising transactions while managing both private placements and public offerings for various corporations. Mr. Lowenthal has served on the national board of Financial Executives International (FEI), a premier professional association for CFOs and other senior financial executives. He has also served as President of the Twin Cities Chapter of FEI and, in the past, as chairman of FEI's national technology committee. Mr. Lowenthal has been on the Alumni Advisory Board of the Carlson School of Management at the University of Minnesota where he graduated with a Master's Degree in Taxation and Finance and a Bachelor's Degree in Accounting. He has also served as a District Chairman for the Boy Scouts of America and serves on the President’s Cabinet for the local Council. Garry is also President-Elect for Kiwanis International in his local community club.

Julia Britt serves as the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company with over 13 years of experience in accounting and financial planning. In her role, Mrs. Britt manages the day-to-day business affairs for the company, including identifying our short- and long-term goals and strategies. She also oversees financial affairs and prepares monthly, quarterly and annual profit and loss statements, monitors cash flow and analyzes the financial health of the company. Prior to joining the company, Mrs. Britt served as a bookkeeper for Desly International Corp. where she managed Desly’s financial activities, including creating P&L statements, reconciling and balancing accounts, compiling statistical reports for management and ensuring compliance with annual audits. Mrs. Britt’s educational background includes a master's in accounting and audit from Kyiv National Economic University, and certificate accounting courses from Columbia University.

Andre Peschong, brings to the Board more than 25 years of senior management, business development and capital markets experience. Mr. Peschong has structured, negotiated and completed more than $550 million in corporate financings and led M&A transactions totalling more than $500 million in enterprise value. In 1995, he co-founded and became managing partner of Bridgewater Capital Corporation, which provides strategic advisory, capital formation, and comprehensive business and revenue development for public and private companies across a

range of industries, from mobile and security technology to eCommerce, life sciences, healthcare, and consumer products and services. At Bridgewater, he has spearheaded the transition of numerous companies from private to public, generating more than half a billion dollars in stockholder value. Earlier in his career, Mr. Peschong co-managed three investment funds and served as CEO of a consumer products company. He is a member of the advisory board of a London-based international banking firm where he advises its clients on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, and divestitures. Mr. Peschong is also currently serving on the board of Oxygen Plus, the first consumer-friendly recreational oxygen company, and is currently serving on the board of Empatho Holdings (CSE: EMPH), a provider of a mobile app powered by proprietary artificial intelligence that strategically guides users to achieve well-being goals. He is also currently serving as a strategic advisor to Ev Dynamics, a global provider of new energy commercial vehicles. A noted expert in investing and economic trends, he has authored and been quoted in articles on angel investing and the economy that have been published in Forbes, Businessweek, the New York Times, and Seeking Alpha. Mr. Peschong is a registered representative in good standing, holding Series 7 and Series 63 licenses issued by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

Gary Stein, brings to the Board more than 45 years of legal, financial, business development, capital markets, and senior management experience. He formerly served a cabinet member to former Ohio Governor James A. Rhodes, responsible for the State of Ohio’s $120 billion unemployment trust fund, and an operation of 5,000 employees with 122 offices around the State of Ohio. Mr. Stein has advised a number of small businesses in the public and private sector and led M&A transactions for these companies. He is currently the General Counsel and CFO for Kiefner and Associates, Inc., an engineering consulting firm in the energy sector and a wholly owned subsidiary of Applus+, a Madrid-listed public company. He is also on the Board of Wytec International, Inc. a developer/owner of 5G technologies and an integrator of 5G networks. Mr. Stein has also served as General Counsel for MRC Group, a market research firm. He also previously served as President of DB Capital Corporation, an investment firm. Prior to DB Capital, he was General Counsel and CFO of Pinnacle Technologies Resources, a technology consulting firm to Fortune 100 companies. Earlier, he served as VP, General Counsel at Team Logos Corporation, a regional retail chain of sports stores, and earlier served as Managing Director at Financial Asset Management. In 1983, he founded Stein & Associates, a firm specializing in business law. He began his career serving as General Counsel for the Ohio Bureau of Employment Services. He holds a Juris Doctorate and Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and Marketing from Capital University.

Mykola (Nicholas) Melnyk brings over 10 years of experience in operations, sales and customer service to his role as Head of Sales. Mr. Melnyk previously served as the company’s Senior Operations Manager. In his current position, Mr. Melnyk is responsible for developing and executing cross-functional strategic initiatives to scale operations and increase company profits. To this end, he analyzes marketing channels to identify opportunities to improve customer acquisition costs. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Melnyk worked as a Customs Clearance Specialist at Exim Broker, LLC, where he led the development of key relationships and customer service with state agencies. Mr. Melnyk earned degrees in finance and management from Chernivtsi & Economics College of Kyiv National Trade & Economics University.

Controlled Company Status

Upon completion of this offering, the Britt Family will hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we expect to be considered a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ listing rules. As a controlled company, certain exemptions under the NASDAQ listing standards will exempt us from the obligation to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors or that we have a majority independent board. We intend to use these exemptions following the completion of this offering. We do not intend to use any other controlled company exemption.

Board Structure

Upon completion of the offering, our Board of Directors will consist of four members. Under the NASDAQ listing rules, a director will only qualify as an independent director if, in the opinion of our Board of Directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The NASDAQ listing rules also require that audit committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our Board of Directors undertook a review of the composition of our Board of Directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board of Directors has determined that each of Andre Peschong and Gary Stein is independent under applicable NASDAQ listing rules and under the criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 in order to serve on the Company’s audit committee.

In accordance with our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws effective upon the completion of the offering, each of our directors will serve for a one-year term or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Each of our directors and director-nominees must satisfy certain conditions specified in our Amended and Restated Bylaws, including that two of our directors shall be elected by the holders of the Class B common stock, such individuals, the Class B Directors. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, our Class B stockholders, voting as a separate group, will elect the Class B Directors, and all of our stockholders holding common stock will vote as a single group to elect the remaining members of our Board of Directors. There will be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on our Board of Directors.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors will have the following committees, each of which will operate under a written charter that will be posted on our website prior to the completion of this offering. The initial members of each committee will be determined prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee will assist the board in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the audit committee will be establishing the scope of the company’s annual audit, review the report and comments of the company’s independent registered public accounting firm, be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and will perform any other activities delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors. The Company currently has a majority independent audit committee and will utilize the phase-in provisions of Rule 5615(b) under the NASDAQ listing rules which will require a fully independent audit committee upon the one-year anniversary of the Company’s listing on NASDAQ.

Code of Ethics

Our code of business conduct and ethics applies to all of our directors, officers and other employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Any waiver of the code for directors or executive officers may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed to our stockholders through publication on our website, https://elatemoving.com. Amendments to the code must be

approved by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed (other than technical, administrative or non-substantive changes). A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our Board of Directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines that serve as a flexible framework within which our Board of Directors and its committees operate. These guidelines will cover a number of areas, including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. Additionally, our Board of Directors will adopt independence standards as part of our corporate governance guidelines. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website, https://elatemoving.com.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Introduction

This Executive Compensation provides an overview of the compensation provided to our named executive officers and the philosophies we expect to adopt following the closing of this offering.

Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2021 are all members of our executive management team:

	•		Kevin Britt — President and Chief Executive Officer
	•		Garry N. Lowenthal — Chief Financial Officer
	•		Julia Britt— Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Secretary

We expect that our named executive officers will hold the same positions with the company following the closing of this offering.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position

Year

Salary ($)

Stock Awards ($)

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)

Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)

All Other Compensation ($)

Total
($)

Kevin Britt
President and CEO

2020

$-

⁽¹⁾

$-

677,892

$677,892

2021

$52,000

⁽²⁾

$-

485,000

$537,000

Garry N. Lowenthal

Chief Financial Officer

2020

$-

⁽³⁾

$-

-$-

2021

$5,500

⁽⁴⁾

$-

5,500

$5,500

Julia Britt
Chief Accounting Officer

2020

$-

⁽¹⁾

$-

677,892

$677,892

2021

$52,000

⁽²⁾

$-

485,000

$537,000

(1) Prior to 2021, the Company was a limited liability company and the named executive officers were the sole members. As such, the named executive officers did not draw salaries, and instead took distributions of profits.

(2) Salary amounts shown above are reported as gross earnings (i.e. gross amounts before taxes and applicable payroll deductions). Salary amounts shown above take into account the prorated Salary amounts based on a $208,000 annual salary.

(3) Mr. Lowenthal did not provide services to the Company in fiscal year 2020.

(4) Salary amount shown above is reported as gross earnings (i.e. gross amounts before taxes). Salary amount shown above takes into account the prorated Salary amount based on a $132,000 annual salary.

For fiscal year 2020, the Company paid the two members of management no salary and a pro-rata portion of the Company’s profits as distribution draws. For fiscal year 2021, the Company has paid the two members of management distribution draws during the first three quarters of the fiscal year and will pay a fixed salary to named executive officers on a going forward basis. In addition, the Company has not adopted any retirement, pension, profit sharing, stock option or insurance programs or other similar programs for the benefit of its management or employees.

The Company has entered into employment agreements with its executive officers who are a member of the Britt Family, and an employment agreement with Garry Lowenthal.

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment

Julia Britt Employment Agreement

On March 15, 2022, we entered into an employment agreement with Mrs. Britt, providing for an annual base salary of not less than $156,000, plus benefits in accordance with our standard benefits package. Mrs. Britt’s employment agreement also provides for an annual cash retention bonus in the amount of $150,000 should she remain employed with the Company through December 31 of each such year. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, Mrs. Britt may also be eligible, prior to January 1, 2023, for an equity compensation bonus in the form of stock options subject to the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. If Mrs. Britt’s employment is terminated

without cause or she terminates her employment for good reason (each as defined in her employment agreement), Mrs. Britt is entitled to an amount equal to the aggregate amount of her base salary for the twelve month period preceding the termination date plus a pro rata cash retention bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, calculated by the number of days in the applicable year occurring on or before the termination date.

Kevin Britt Employment Agreement

On March 18, 2022, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Britt, providing for an annual base salary of not less than $182,000, plus benefits in accordance with our standard benefits package. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, Mr. Britt may also be eligible, prior to January 1, 2023, for an equity compensation bonus in the form of stock options subject to the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, Mr. Britt’s employment agreement provides for a performance-based option grant which will vest upon the achievement of certain market capitalization and/or revenue growth milestones. If Mr. Britt’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Britt is entitled to an amount equal to the aggregate amount of his base salary for the twelve-month period preceding the termination date.

Garry Lowenthal Employment Agreement

On [ ], 2022, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Lowenthal, providing for an annual base salary of not less than $165,000, plus benefits in accordance with our standard benefits package. Mr. Lowenthal is also eligible to receive performance bonuses determined by the year-over-year revenue growth rate of the Company. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, Mr. Lowenthal shall receive equity compensation in the form of 150,000 stock options subject to the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

Directors and Director Compensation

The authorized number of directors of the Company is presently set at a minimum of one (1). Each director will serve for a term of one year that expires at the following annual stockholders' meeting. Each officer serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until a successor has been qualified and appointed. Currently, the Company’s policy is that non-independent directors and management members of the Company will receive no remuneration for their services as directors, but that the Company will reimburse directors for any expenses incurred in attending any directors meeting. Our independent directors consist of Andre Peschong and Gary Stein.

Independent and non-management members of the Company will receive cash remuneration for their services as a director as set forth below:

·$1,500 per quarter ($6,000 annually)

·$1,000 for attendance at the Company’s annual meeting of the stockholders

·$1,000 per annum per committee chair

·$500 for each committee meeting attended

·$500 for each board meeting attended

In addition, such independent directors will be entitled to receive 30,000 stock options issued each year, vesting in equal quarterly installments over such year of board service. Such options shall have a five-year exercise period and contains cashless exercise options.

Elate Group, Inc. (“Elate Group”) acquired its sole current property interests from Kevin Britt and Julia Britt, the Company’s initial stockholders, in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of Elate Group’s common stock (the entire authorized capital of Elate Group at that time).

Elate Group’s sole current property interest consists of 100 units of limited liability company member interest (the “Units”) in its wholly owned subsidiary Elate Moving, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The transfer of these Units was effected by the execution and delivery of a contribution and exchange agreement in which Mr. Britt and Mrs. Britt agreed to transfer the Units free and clear of liens and encumbrances, but otherwise made no other representations, warranties or indemnities. Mr. Britt and Mrs. Britt originally acquired these Units as the sole members of Elate Moving, LLC, in 2013. Mr. Britt and Mrs. Britt believe that such transaction was commercially reasonable, however, there can be no assurance that the terms and conditions of the interest acquisition are as favorable to us as those that could have been obtained in true arms-length negotiations. Moreover, because Mr. Britt and Mrs. Britt will control the Company’s management, there can be no assurance that the Company would enforce a claim against Mr. Britt or Mrs. Britt arising out of any problem related to the acquisition.

To finance operating expenses, as of October 4, 2021, the Company has borrowed from Mr. Britt and Mrs. Britt a total of $970,000 on an unsecured basis. Interest accrues on the loans at a rate of 5% per annum. The principal amount and accrued interest on the loans is due and payable upon the maturity date, which is October 4, 2022. If the Company does not have funds to pay these amounts as they become due, Mr. Britt and Mrs. Britt could extend the payment date for such loans, or each could exercise the rights of a creditor, which could include the procurement of a judgment against the Company and the exercise of the rights of a judgment creditor against the assets of the Company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The Company had no outstanding equity awards at the end of fiscal year 2021.

Director Compensation for the year ended December 31, 2021

Name

Fees earned or paid in cash ($)

Stock Awards ($)

Option Awards ($)

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)

All Other Compensation ($)

Total ($)

Kevin Britt

$-

Julia Britt⁽¹⁾

$-

Garry N. Lowenthal

$-

Andre Peschong⁽²⁾

$-

Gary Stein⁽²⁾

$-

(1) Julia Britt resigned as a director on December 16, 2021.

(2) Independent directors will receive monetary and equity compensation for service as directors in 2022. See “Directors and Director Compensation.”

For fiscal year 2020, the Company was a limited liability company without directors. The Company paid no director compensation in fiscal year 2021.

2022 Equity Incentive Plan

On March 15, 2022, our Board of Directors and stockholders adopted the Elate Group, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Equity Incentive Plan”) pursuant to which equity-based incentives may be granted to participating employees, directors and consultants. The 2022 Equity Incentive Plan provides for an aggregate reserve of 7,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Pursuant to the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, we expect to offer three forms of equity awards:

	•		incentive and nonqualified stock options;

	•		restricted stock; and

	•		restricted stock units.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described under “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction that has occurred during our last three fiscal years, and each currently proposed transaction in which:

•

we have been or are to be a participant;

•

the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

•

any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of their immediate family or person sharing their household had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Subsequent to September 30, 2021, Kevin Britt and Julia Britt, the two members of Elate Moving, LLC (“Elate Moving”), received membership distributions from Elate Moving. In October 2021, Elate Moving became a wholly owned subsidiary of Elate Group, Inc. (“Elate Group”) through the exchange of 100% of the outstanding membership units (100 units) of Elate Moving held by Kevin Britt and Julia Britt, for 1,000,000 shares of common stock of Elate Group (the “Exchange”). Following the Exchange, Kevin Britt and Julia Britt became the only stockholders of Elate Group.

Following the Exchange, Kevin Britt and Julia Britt, each loaned Elate Group $485,000 in order to aid the operations of Elate Group. We issued promissory notes at a 5% per annum interest rate for a term of one-year representing, in aggregate, $970,000 of indebtedness. We may prepay these promissory notes at any time without prepayment penalty. As of the date of this filing no principal or interest under the promissory notes has been repaid.

CFO Consulting Agreement

On December 16, 2021, we entered into a consulting agreement with Garry Lowenthal, pursuant to which Mr. Lowenthal agreed to serve as an outside Chief Financial Officer of the Company for an aggregate annual compensation in excess of $120,000. Mr. Lowenthal has agreed to transition from an outside consultant to an employee of the Company, and to enter into an employment agreement with us as our full-time Chief Financial Officer. See “Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment.”

Employment Agreements

Our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Kevin Britt, and our Chief Accounting Officer, Julia Britt, are the founding members and principal stockholders of our Company. Each of Mr. and Mrs. Britt have entered into employment agreements with the Company in which aggregate annual compensation will exceed $120,000. [In addition, our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Garry Lowenthal, entered into an employment agreement in which the aggregate annual compensation will exceed $120,000.] See “Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, as determined by our Board of Directors, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest and indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related person. In reviewing any such proposal, our Board of Directors will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the commercial reasonableness of the terms, the benefit or perceived benefit, or lack thereof, to us, opportunity costs of alternate transactions, the materiality and character of the related person’s direct or indirect interest and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related person.

All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and, as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

At the time of this offering, there are two (2) record holders of Class B common stock and two record holders of Class A common stock. The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock immediately prior to the initial public offering and after giving effect to the initial public offering, by:

•

each of the directors and named executive officers individually;

•

all directors and executive officers as a group; and

•

each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our Class A or Class B common stock.

The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after this offering includes shares of Class A common stock underlying the Common Units being offered for sale by us in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (and excludes any exercise of the Warrants). The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on 3,750,000 shares of Class A common stock and 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to the initial public offering, and [ ]shares of Class A common stock and 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (and excludes any exercise of the Warrants).

Beneficial ownership for purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if they have or share the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, or have the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Accordingly, the following table does not include options to purchase shares of our common stock that are not exercisable within the next 60 days. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A or Class B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Elate Group, Inc., 305 Broadway, Floor 7, New York, New York 10007.

	Shares of Class A Common	Percentage of Shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned				Shares of Class B Common	Shares of Class B Common	Percentage of Shares of Class B Common Stock Beneficially Owned				Percentage of Total Voting Power Held
Name of Beneficial Owner	Stock Beneficially Owned⁽¹⁾	Before Offering⁽²⁾		After Offering⁽³⁾		Stock Beneficially Owned	Stock Offered Hereby	Before Offering⁽⁴⁾		After Offering⁽⁵⁾		Before Offering ⁽⁶⁾		After Offering⁽⁷⁾
Named executive officers and directors⁽⁷⁾:
Kevin Britt (1)(2)	3,750,000	100	%		%	1,500,000	-	100	%	100	%	100	%
Julia Britt (1)(3)	3,750,000	100	%		%	1,500,000	-	100	%	100	%	100	%

_____________________

(1) The percent of Percentage of Total Voting Power Held reflects that each share of Class B common stock has 10 votes for each share of Class B common stock

(2) Reflects the beneficial ownership of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by Julia Britt, the spouse of Kevin Britt.

(3) Reflects the beneficial ownership of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by Kevin Britt, the spouse of Julia Britt.

Shares of
Class A
Common

Percentage of Shares of
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

Shares of
Class B
Common

Percentage of Shares of
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

Percentage of
Total Voting
Power Held

Name of Beneficial Owner

Stock
Beneficially
Owned⁽¹⁾

Before
Offering⁽²⁾

After
Offering⁽³⁾

Stock
Beneficially
Owned

Stock
Offered
Hereby

Before
Offering⁽⁴⁾

After
Offering⁽⁵⁾

Before
Offering⁽⁶⁾

After
Offering⁽⁷⁾

All directors and executive officers as a group ( persons)

3,750,000

100

1,500,000

100

Other greater than 5% Stockholders:

_____________________

*	Less than 1%

(1)	Class A (1 vote per share) and Class B (10 votes per share).

(2)	Assumes 3,750,000 Class A shares outstanding.

(3)	Assumes Class A shares outstanding.

(4)	Assumes 1,500,000 Class B shares outstanding.

(5)	Assumes 1,500,000 Class B shares outstanding.

(6)	Assumes Class A has 3,750,000 votes and Class B has 15,000,000 votes (for a total of 18,750,000).

(7)	Assumes Class A has votes and Class B has 15,000,000 votes (for a total of ).

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws that will be in effect at or prior to the consummation of this offering and the terms of any securities. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, forms of which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law including the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL).

General

Following completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 48,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. As of April 1, 2021, there were 2 holders of record of common stock.

Upon completion of this offering [ ] shares (assuming exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants sold in the offering, and assuming no exercise by the Underwriter of their option to purchase additional shares and/or additional Warrants) of Class A common stock and 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding, which excludes:

	1,137,479 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options;
	●[ ] shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options;
	●[ ] shares issuable upon exercise of Warrants to investors in this offering; and
	●[ ] shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrant.

Common Units

Each Common Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant, each Warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock. The Common Units will not be issued or certificated. Purchasers of Common Units will receive only shares of Class A common stock and Warrants. The Class A common stock and Warrants may be transferred separately immediately upon issuance.

Pre-funded Units

Each Pre-funded Unit consists of one Pre-funded Warrant and one Warrant, each described further below. The Pre-funded Units will not be issued or certificated. Purchasers of Pre-funded Units will receive only Pre-funded Warrants and Warrants. The Pre-funded Warrants and Warrants may be transferred separately immediately upon issuance.

Class A Common Stock

Class A common stock outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, there will be [ ] shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option, after giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering (excluding any exercise of the Warrants). All outstanding shares of Class A common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The Britt Family will beneficially own 3,750,000 outstanding shares of Class A common stock upon completion of this offering.

Voting rights. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders, except for the election of Class B Directors. Our Class A stockholders and Class B stockholders will vote together as a single group on all matters (including the election of directors that are not classified as Class B Directors in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law.

Conversion. Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

Class B Common Stock

Class B common stock outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, there will be 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. All outstanding shares of Class B common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The Britt Family holds all outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

Voting rights. The holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders.

Conversion. The Britt Family are the only stockholders that are qualified to hold Class B common stock. Our shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon any transfer of Class B common stock, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary, except for a transfer of Class B common stock within the Britt Family or to trusts held for the benefit of a member of the Britt Family. We shall at all times reserve and keep available out of our authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock a number of shares of Class A common stock sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Class B common stock. Our Class B common stock is not and will not be listed for trading on any national stock exchange. Therefore, no trading market is expected to develop in our Class B common stock.

Other Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock Generally

Except as otherwise provided in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as required by applicable law, the rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except for the voting rights and conversion, as described above.

Distribution rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock and except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.” However, a different dividend per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may be made if such different dividend is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group. Also, see “Merger or consolidation” below.

Rights upon liquidation. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets and funds remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. However, a different distribution per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may be made if such different distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Subdivision or combination. Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may not be subdivided or combined unless the shares of the other class are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided or combined in the manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock on the record date of such subdivision or combination. However, the shares of one class may be subdivided or combined in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision or combination is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Merger or consolidation. In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock upon the consolidation or merger of the company with or into any other entity, such distribution or payment shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock as a single class. However, shares of one such class may receive different or disproportionate distributions or payments in connection with such merger or consolidation if (i) the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that any securities distributed to a holder of a share of Class B common stock have ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of Class A common stock or (ii) such merger or consolidation is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Other rights. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights, other than the conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Class B common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

Warrants to be Issued in This Offering

The following summary of certain terms and provisions of the Warrants included in the Common Units and Pre-funded Units offered hereby is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the form of Warrant, which is filed as an exhibit hereto. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions set forth in the form of Warrant.

Exercisability. The Warrants are exercisable immediately and at any time up to the date that is five years after their original issuance. The Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice and, at any time a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the Warrants under the Securities Act is effective and available for the issuance of such shares, or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available for the issuance of such shares, by payment in full in immediately available funds for the number of shares of common stock purchased upon such exercise. No fractional shares of common stock will be issued in connection with the exercise of a Warrant.

Exercise Limitation. A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the Warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Warrants. However, any holder may increase or decrease such percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99%, provided that any increase in such percentage shall not be effective until 61 days following notice from the holder to us.

Exercise Price. The exercise price per whole share of common stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants is equal to 125% of the public offering price of the Common Unit. The exercise price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our stockholders. The exercise price will also be downward adjusted if we, or through a subsidiary, sell or enter into an agreement to sell, grant an option to sell, reprice an outstanding security to acquire ordinary shares at a price less than the exercise price. The exercise price will adjust downward to the price of the newly issued security or adjusted price of the outstanding security, but will not adjust to less than a floor price of $[ ], which is subject to adjustment for stock splits, combinations and recapitalizations, as above. The downward adjustment will not be made if the Company enters into certain delineated types of transactions, including employment related option and similar security grants, exercise of such options and security grants, exercises of currently outstanding securities so long as not repriced, and issuances for acquisitions and strategic transactions.

Forced Exercise. The Warrants will be subject to forced exercise commencing six months from issuance subject to the condition that the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Class A common stock exceeds 200% of the initial exercise price for ten consecutive trading days and subject to certain other conditions set forth in the Warrants.

Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

Exchange Listing. We have applied to have the Warrants offered in this offering listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “ELGPW”. No assurance can be given that such listing will be approved or that a trading market will develop.

Warrant Agent. The Warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agency agreement between [ ], as warrant agent, and us. The Warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the warrant agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.

Fundamental Transactions. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, [or any person or group other than the Britt Family becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding common stock,] the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our common stock, the holder of a Warrant does not have the rights or privileges of a holder of our common stock, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises the Warrant.

Right of Participation. Subject to certain exceptions, a holder of at least [ ] Warrants as of the time the Company engages in a subsequent placement (as defined in the Warrant) will be entitled to participate in such subsequent placement subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant.

Governing Law. The Warrants and the warrant agency agreement are governed by New York law.

Pre-funded Warrants to be Issued in This Offering

The following summary of certain terms and provisions of the Pre-funded Warrants that are being offered herby is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by the provisions of, the Pre-funded Warrant. Warrant. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions of the form of Pre-funded Warrant for a complete description of the terms and conditions of the Pre-funded Warrants.

Pre-funded. The term “pre-funded” refers to the fact that the purchase price of our Class A common stock in this offering includes almost the entire exercise price that will be paid under the Pre-funded Warrants, except for a nominal remaining exercise price of $0.001. The purpose of the Pre-funded Warrants is to enable investors that may have restrictions on their ability to beneficially own more than 4.99% (or, upon election of the holder, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock following the consummation of this offering the opportunity to make an investment in the Company without triggering their ownership restrictions, by receiving Pre-funded Warrants in lieu of our Class A common stock which would result in such ownership of more than 4.99% (or 9.99%), and receive the ability to exercise their option to purchase the shares underlying the Pre-funded Warrants at such nominal price at a later date.

Duration. The Pre-funded Warrants offered hereby will entitle the holders thereof to purchase our shares of Class A common stock at a nominal exercise price of $0.001 per share, commencing immediately. There is no expiration date for the Pre-funded Warrants.

Exercise Limitation. A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the Pre-funded Warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% (or, upon election of the holder, 9.99%) of the number of our shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Pre-funded Warrants. However, any holder may increase or decrease such percentage (up to 9.99%), provided that any increase will not be effective until the 61st day after such election. It is the responsibility of the holder to determine whether any exercise would exceed the exercise limitation.

Exercise Price. The Pre-funded Warrants will have an exercise price of $0.001 per share. The exercise price is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our shareholders.

Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the Pre-funded Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

Absence of Trading Market. There is no established trading market for the Pre-funded Warrants and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for the listing of the Pre-funded Warrants on any national securities exchange or other trading market. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Pre-funded Warrants will be limited.

Fundamental Transactions. In the event of a fundamental transaction, generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation, merger, amalgamation or arrangement with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, or any person or group, other than the Britt Family, becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding common stock, the holder will have the right to receive, for each share of Class A common stock that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such fundamental transaction, the number of shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of us if we are the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration receivable as a result of such fundamental transaction by a holder of the number of shares for which the Pre-funded Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

No Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the Pre-funded Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of our shares of Class A common stock, the holder of Pre-funded Warrants does not have the rights or privileges of a holder of our common stock, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises the Pre-funded Warrant.

Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our Board of Directors will consist of a minimum of one (1) director. The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. In accordance with our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, each of our directors will serve for a one-year term or until his or her successor is elected. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, our stockholders will elect the members of our Board of Directors. There will be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on our Board of Directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless prohibited by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws do not prohibit stockholder action by written consent for any action that may be taken at a stockholders’ meeting if written consents are submitted and signed by stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting with voting power not less than the minimum number of votes entitled to vote on such action were a meeting to vote on such action to be held.

Stockholder Meetings

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our Board of Directors or our chief executive officer or the Britt Family prior to the Britt Family controlling less than 35% of the outstanding voting percentage of Company common stock, or if a Director shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of record entitled to cast a vote for our Board of Directors.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

The affirmative vote of holders of more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock will generally be required to amend provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws may generally be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, with:

•

the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors; or

•

the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock.

Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws will also impose some procedural requirements on stockholders who wish to:

•

make nominations in the election of directors;

•

propose that a director be removed;

•

propose any repeal or change in our bylaws; or

•

propose any other business to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must deliver timely notice of a proposal pertaining to a proper subject for presentment at such a meeting, and such notice must be accompanied with the following information:

•a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting of stockholders and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

•with respect to the stockholder proposing such business:

•the name and address, as they appear on our books and records;

•the class and number of shares owned (beneficially or of record) or any other type of ownership, including but not limited to, through any derivative instrument or a proxy, contract or other arrangement that gives the stockholder the right to vote any of our shares;

•information of such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings in accordance with applicable SEC regulations;

•a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present such proposed business; and

•any interest of the stockholder in such business.

To be timely, a stockholder must generally deliver notice:

•to the Secretary of the company at our principal office; and

•not later than the close of business on the 90^th day prior to, and not earlier than the close of business on the 120^th day in advance of the anniversary of, the annual meeting of stockholders held in the prior year.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL permits a corporation to limit or eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director which (i) were in bad faith, (ii) were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (iii) involved a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled.

The DGCL also prohibits limitations on director liability for acts or omissions which resulted in a violation of a statute prohibiting certain dividend declarations, certain payments to stockholders after dissolution and particular types of loans. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of our Company and our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under the federal securities laws of the U.S.

As a result, our stockholders do not have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain indemnification provisions that are substantially similar to the statutory indemnification provisions.

Forum Selection

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws or (v) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentence.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, this exclusive forum provision will apply to state and federal law claims, including claims under the federal securities laws (which includes the Securities Act and the Exchange Act), however, stockholders of the Company will not be deemed to have waived the Company’s compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar forum selection provisions in the governing documents of other companies has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that in connection with claims arising under federal securities laws or otherwise, a court may find the exclusive forum provision contained in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

So long as the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent a majority of the combined voting power of common stock, the Britt Family will effectively control all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote, as well as the overall management and direction of the company, which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of the company. After such time as the shares of our Class B common stock no longer represent a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, the provisions of Delaware law, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of the company.

Some provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws could make the following more difficult:

•

acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

•

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statutes

●prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

●upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

●on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include: any merger or consolidation involving us and the interested stockholder; any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested stockholder; in general, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by us of any of our stock to the interested stockholder; or the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us. In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. We have opted to be governed by this provision and, accordingly, we will be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol “ELGP.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Class A common stock is Colonial Stock Transfer Co, Inc.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the shares of Class A common stock and accompanying Warrants or components thereof, which we refer to collectively as the securities, issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the securities. This discussion also does not take into account or address any impact from the recently enacted tax legislation. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the securities.

This discussion is limited to holders that hold the securities as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

●U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

●persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

●persons holding the securities as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

●banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

●brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

●real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

●“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

●partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

●tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

●persons deemed to sell the Securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

●persons for whom our common stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code;

●persons who hold or receive the Securities pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

●tax-qualified retirement plans.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the securities, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding the Securities and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Each share of Class A common stock and accompanying Warrant will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one share of our Class A common stock and a Warrant to purchase one share of our Class A common stock. In determining their tax basis for the Class A common stock and Warrant constituting a unit, holders of securities should allocate their purchase price for the Common Unit between the Class A common stock and the warrant on the basis of their relative fair market values at the time of issuance. The Company does not intend to advise holders of the securities with respect to this determination, and holders of the securities are advised to consult their tax and financial advisors with respect to the relative fair market values of the Class A common stock and the warrants for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders

Definition of a U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of the securities that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

●an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

●a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

●an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

●a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to continue to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a corporate U.S. Holder may be eligible for a dividends received deduction, subject to applicable limitations. Dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, are generally taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rate provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in the section relating to the sale or disposition of our common stock.

Cash distributions paid on the Warrants, on an “as-converted” basis, if any, are subject to substantially the same tax consequences as described in the preceding paragraph for common stock; however, distributions received in respect of a Warrant may not qualify for the lower tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the property treatment of any distributions paid on the Warrants

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock

Upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the Class A common stock, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and (ii) such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common stock. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in such Class A common stock is more than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, generally will be subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Sale or Other Disposition, Exercise or Expiration of Warrants

Upon the sale or other disposition of a Warrant (other than by exercise), a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrant. This capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in such Warrant is more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

In general, a U.S. Holder will not be required to recognize income, gain or loss upon exercise of a Warrant for its exercise price. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in a share of common stock received upon exercise of Warrants will be equal to the sum of (i) the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants exchanged therefor and (ii) the exercise price of such Warrants. A U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of Class A common stock received upon exercise will commence on the day after such U.S. Holder exercises the Warrants. Although there is no direct legal authority as to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an exercise of a Warrant on a cashless basis, we intend to take the position that such exercise will not be taxable, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because it qualifies as a tax-free recapitalization. In the former case, the holding period of the shares of Class A common stock received upon exercise of Warrants should commence on the day after the Warrants are exercised. In the latter case, the holding period of the shares of Class A common stock received upon exercise of Warrants would include the holding period of the exercised Warrants. However, our position is not binding on the IRS and the IRS may treat a cashless exercise of a Warrant as a taxable exchange. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of an exercise of a Warrant on a cashless basis, including with respect to their holding period and tax basis in the common stock received.

If a Warrant expires without being exercised, a U.S. Holder will recognize a capital loss in an amount equal to such holder’s tax basis in the Warrant. Such loss will be long-term capital loss if, at the time of the expiration, the U.S. Holder’s holding period in such Warrant is more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Constructive Dividends on Warrants

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if at any time during the period in which a U.S. Holder holds Warrants, we were to pay a taxable dividend to our stockholders and, in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of the Warrants, the exercise price of the Warrants were decreased, that decrease would be deemed to be the payment of a taxable dividend to a U.S. Holder of the Warrants to the extent of our earnings and profits, notwithstanding the fact that such holder will not receive a cash payment. If the exercise price is adjusted in certain other circumstances (or in certain circumstances, there is a failure to make adjustments), such adjustments may also result in the deemed payment of a taxable dividend to a U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the proper treatment of any adjustments to the exercise price of the Warrants.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A U.S. Holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding when such holder receives payments on the Class A common stock or Warrants (including constructive dividends) or receives proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of Class A common stock or warrants. Certain U.S. Holders are exempt from backup withholding, including corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations. A U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding if such holder is not otherwise exempt and such holder:

●fails to furnish the holder’s taxpayer identification number, which for an individual is ordinarily his or her social security number;

●furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number;

●is notified by the IRS that the holder previously failed to properly report payments of interest or dividends; or

●fails to certify under penalties of perjury that the holder has furnished a correct taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified the holder that the holder is subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption.

Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our securities that is a person or entity (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

·a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the U.S. subject to tax as expatriates;

·a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the U.S. or any state or political subdivision thereof or the District of Columbia; or

·an estate or trust, other than an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition of such individual’s securities and is not otherwise a resident of the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the disposition of our securities.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our securities, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are such an entity or arrangement holding our securities, or a partner in such an entity or arrangement, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of our securities.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A common stock or Warrants

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

●the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable); or

●the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met,

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Exercise of Warrants

A non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the exercise of Warrants into shares of Class A common stock. However, if a cashless exercise of Warrants results in a taxable exchange, as described in “—Tax Considerations Applicable to U.S. Holders—Sale or Other Disposition, Exercise or Expiration of Warrants,” the rules described below under “Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants” would apply.

Constructive Dividends on Warrants

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if at any time during the period in which a non-U.S. Holder holds Warrants we were to pay a taxable dividend to our stockholders and, in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of the Warrants, the exercise price of the Warrants were decreased, that decrease would be deemed to be the payment of a taxable dividend to a non-U.S. Holder to the extent of our earnings and profits, notwithstanding the fact that such holder will not receive a cash payment. If the exercise price is adjusted in certain other circumstances (or in certain circumstances, there is a failure to make adjustments), such adjustments may also result in the deemed payment of a taxable dividend to a non-U.S. Holder. Any resulting withholding tax attributable to deemed dividends may be collected from other amounts payable or distributable to the non-U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the proper treatment of any adjustments to the Warrants.

Treatment of Pre-funded Warrants

Although it is not entirely free from doubt, a Pre-funded Warrant should be treated as a share of our Class A common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes and a holder of Pre-funded Warrants should generally be taxed in the same manner as a holder of Class A common stock, as described below. Accordingly, no gain or loss should be recognized upon the exercise of a Pre-funded Warrant and, upon exercise, the holding period of a Pre-funded Warrant should carry over to the share of Class A common stock received. Similarly, the tax basis of the Pre-funded Warrant should carry over to the share of Class A common stock received upon exercise, increased by the exercise price of $0.001 per share. Each holder should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the risks associated with the acquisition of Pre-funded Warrants pursuant to this offering (including potential alternative characterizations).

FATCA Withholding

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as FATCA), payments of dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of our Class A common stock paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) will be subject to a withholding tax (separate and apart from, but without duplication of, the withholding tax described above) at a rate of 30%, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied or an exemption from these rules applies. Under proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department on December 13, 2018, which state that taxpayers may rely on the proposed Treasury regulations until final Treasury regulations are issued, this withholding tax will not apply to the gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our Class A common stock. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax on their investment in our Class A common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Amounts treated as payments of dividends on our Class A common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such payments generally must be reported annually to the IRS and to such non-U.S. holder by the applicable withholding agent.

The additional information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock to a non-U.S. holder if such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected outside the U.S. through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the non-U.S. holder outside the U.S. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such non-U.S. holder outside the U.S., unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (for instance, by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (for instance, by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Federal Estate Tax

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers) should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, our Class A common stock generally will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of our Class A common stock by (i) employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), (ii) plans, individual retirement accounts, and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code, which we refer to collectively as Similar Laws, and (iii) entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets,” as defined by ERISA, of any such plans, accounts and arrangements, each of which we refer to as a Plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit Plans which are subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, which we refer to as ERISA Plans, from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

Any fiduciary that proposes to cause an ERISA Plan to purchase the Class A common stock should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to such an investment, and to confirm that such purchase will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Because of the nature of our business as an operating company, it is not likely that we would be considered a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to any ERISA Plan. However, a prohibited transaction within the meaning of ERISA and the Code may result if our Class A common stock is acquired by an ERISA Plan to which an underwriter is a party in interest and such acquisition is not entitled to an applicable exemption, of which there are many. In addition, in considering an investment in the Class A common stock of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

By acceptance of the Class A common stock, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of the Class A common stock will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the Class A common stock constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the Class A common stock by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

Purchasers of the Class A common stock have exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of the Class A common stock does not violate the fiduciary or prohibited transaction rules of ERISA or the Code, or any similar provision of applicable Similar Laws. The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive and is based on laws in effect on the date of this prospectus. Such discussion should not be construed as legal advice. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing our Class A common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any ERISA Plan or any Plan subject to any Similar Law, consult with their counsel regarding the matters described herein.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our Class A common stock or Warrants. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or Warrants, or the perception that such sales might occur could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After completion of this offering, we will have [ ] shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants sold in the offering, but excluding the Underwriter’s over-allotment option and the exercise of any Warrants). All of the shares of Class A common stock and the Warrants sold in this offering, plus any shares of Class A common stock and Warrants sold upon exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any shares owned by our affiliates may not be resold except in compliance with Rule 144 volume limitations, manner of sale and notice requirements, pursuant to another applicable exemption from registration or pursuant to an effective registration statement. The shares of Class A common stock issuable to our Class A stockholders will be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. This rule is summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

•

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding; or

•

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.

Class A Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of Class B Common Stock

After completion of this offering, 1,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock will be outstanding. Each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis if such shares of Class B common stock are transferred to any person or entity that is not a member of the Britt Family or a trust held for the benefit of a member of the Britt Family as specified in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our outstanding common stock, including the Britt Family, will enter into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering and will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Aegis Capital Corp. The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the closing date of this offering, subject to extension upon the occurrence of specified events. For further details, see “Underwriting.”

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements in connection with this offering, up to an additional [ ] shares of Class A common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock) will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144.

Stock Options

[5,000,000] shares of Class A common stock are available for future option grants under the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, shares registered under any registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, beginning 90 days after the date of the prospectus, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, or Rule 701, as currently in effect, any of our directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of Class A common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares of Class A common stock from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its six-month minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

UNDERWRITING

Aegis Capital Corp., or Aegis, is acting as the underwriter and the book-running manager of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, the underwriter named below has agreed to purchase from us the number of Common Units and Pre-funded Units shown opposite its name below:

Underwriter

Number of

Common Units

Number of

Pre-funded Units

Aegis Capital Corp.

Total

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the Common Units and Pre-Funded Units offered by us, other than those covered by the over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and/or Warrants described below. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

The underwriters are offering the Common Units, Pre-Funded Units, shares of Class A common stock, Pre-Funded Warrants and Warrants subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement.

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of up to additional shares of Class A common stock and/or Pre-funded Warrants, representing 15% of the shares and/or Pre-funded Warrants sold in the offering and/or up to additional Warrants, representing 15% of the Warrants sold in the offering. The purchase price to be paid per additional share will be equal to the public offering price of one Common Unit, less the purchase price per Warrant included within the Common Unit and the underwriting discount. The purchase price to be paid per additional Warrant will be $[ ].

Underwriting Commissions and Discounts and Expenses

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to Aegis. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Units.

			Total
	Per Share	Pre-funded Unit	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Public offering price	$	$	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us (7.0%)	$	$	$	$
Non-accountable expense allowance (1.0%)⁽¹⁾	$	$	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$	$	$

(1)

We have agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to Aegis equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ , including a 1.0% non-accountable expense allowance. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses, including “roadshow”, diligence, and reasonable legal fees and disbursements, in an amount not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate.

As additional compensation to Aegis, upon consummation of this offering, we will issue to Aegis or its designees warrants to purchase an aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to 5.0% of the number of Class A common stock issued in this offering (including shares underlying the Pre-funded Warrants, but

excluding the shares sold through the exercise of the over-allotment option), at an exercise price per share equal to 125.0% of the public offering price, or the Underwriter Warrants. The Underwriter Warrants and the underlying Class A common stock will not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriter Warrants by any person for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110.

The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable from the date that is six months from the commencement of the sales of the offering, and will expire four years and six months after such date in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A). Furthermore, such Underwriter’s Warrants shall be exercisable on a cash basis, provided that if a registration statement registering the Class A common stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants is not effective, the Underwriter’s Warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, (i) the Underwriter Warrants do not have more than one demand registration right at our Company’s expense in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(B); (ii) the Underwriter Warrants do not have a demand registration right with a duration of more than five years from the commencement of sales of the public offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C); (iii) the Underwriter Warrants do not have piggyback registration rights with a duration of more than seven years from the commencement of sales of the public offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D); and (iv) the Underwriter Warrants have anti-dilution terms that are consistent with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(E) and (F).

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional shares of Class A common stock and/or Pre-funded Warrants (15% of the shares and/or Pre-funded Warrants sold in the offering) and/or up to additional Warrants (15% of the Warrants sold in the offering) at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option in whole or in part at any time within forty-five (45) days after the date of the offering. The purchase price to be paid per additional share of Class A common stock or Pre-funded Warrants will be equal to the public offering price of on Common Unit or Pre-funded Unit (less $0.001 allocated to the Pre-funded Warrants), less the underwriting discount, and the purchase price to be paid per additional Warrant will be $0.01.

Right of First Refusal and Tail Financing

If, for the period ending eighteen (18) months from the closing of the offering, we or any of our subsidiaries (a) decides to finance or refinance any indebtedness, Aegis (or any affiliate designated by Aegis) shall have the right to act as sole book-runner, sole manager, sole placement agent or sole agent with respect to such financing or refinancing; or (b) decides to raise funds by means of a public offering or a private placement or any other capital raising financing of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, Aegis (or any affiliate designated by Aegis) shall have the right to act as sole book-running manager, sole underwriter or sole placement agent for such financing. If Aegis or one of its affiliates decides to accept any such engagement, the agreement governing such engagement will contain, among other things, provisions for customary fees for transactions of similar size and nature.

In addition, we have agreed to pay the above cash compensation to the extent that any fund which the representative contacted or introduced to us during the term of our engagement agreement with the underwriter provides financing or capital in any public or private offering or capital raising transaction during the six (6)-month period following expiration or termination of our engagement letter with the underwriter.

Stabilization

In accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Class A common stock, including short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short positions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making.

●

Short positions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market.

●

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security as long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific maximum price.

●

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, thereby creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

●

Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

●

In passive market making, market makers in our Class A common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchase our Class A common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that Aegis will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Offering Price Determination

The public offering price was negotiated between Aegis and us. In determining the public offering price of our Class A common stock, Aegis considered:

	●	the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

	●	our financial information;

	●	the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

	●	the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

●

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies, as well as the recent market price of our Class A common stock.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify Aegis, its affiliates, and each person controlling Aegis against any losses, claims, damages, judgments, assessments, costs, and other liabilities, as the same are incurred (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel), relating to or arising out of the offering, undertaken in good faith.

Discretionary Accounts

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of five (5)% of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered in this offering.

Lock-Up Agreements

Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, the Company’s executive officers, directors, employees and holders of at least 10% of the Company’s common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into its common stock outstanding immediately upon the closing of this offering, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of, directly or indirectly, engage in any short selling of any Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock, whether currently owned or subsequently acquired, without the prior written consent of the underwriters, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the closing date of the offering.

Other Relationships

Aegis may release, or authorize us to release, as the case may be, the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

In connection with our initial public offering, we will enter into an underwriting agreement with Aegis pursuant to which we will pay Aegis an aggregate of $ in commissions and non-accountable expenses. In addition, we issued Aegis the Underwriter Warrants to purchase five percent (5%) of the Class A common stock issued in this offering at an exercise price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable from the date that is six months from the commencement of the sales of the offering and will expire on the date that is five years from the commencement of the sales of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A).

Offer restrictions outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Securities Issuance Standstill

We have agreed, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the closing date of this offering, that we will not, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, issue, enter into any agreement to issue or announce

the issuance or proposed issuance of any Class A common stock or share equivalents except for the adoption of an equity incentive plan and the grant of awards or equity pursuant to any equity incentive plan, and the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 and the issuance of equity securities in connection with an acquisition or a strategic relationship, which may include the sale of equity securities. In no event should any equity transaction within this period result in the sale of equity at an offering price to the public less than that of the offering referred herein.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. Aegis may allocate a number of shares to the underwriters and selling group members, if any, for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Any such allocations for online distributions will be made by Aegis on the same basis as other allocations.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Buchalter, A Professional Corporation, Los Angeles, California. The underwriters have been represented by Kaufman & Canoles, P.C., Richmond, Virginia.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the two years then ended, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Macias Gini & O’Connell, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the company and its Class A common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits, and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, is available on our website at https://elatemoving.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website, however, should not be considered a part of this prospectus and has not been incorporated by reference. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov., from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto.

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at https://schneider.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

ELATE MOVING LLC

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PCAOB ID: 324)	F-2

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS	F-3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS	F-4

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY	F-5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	F-6

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Stockholders’ of Elate Group, Inc.

Elate Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Elate Group, Inc. (formerly Elate Moving LLC) (the "Company") as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’/members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020

Irvine, CA

March 17, 2022

F-2

ELATE GROUP, INC.

(FORMERLY ELATE MOVING LLC)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	As of December 31, 2021	As of December 31, 2020
Assets:
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	`$866,922`	`$376,803`
Accounts receivable	`271,585`	`13,211`
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	`45,149`	`79,802`
Total current assets	`1,183,656`	`469,816`

Deferred offering costs	`209,895`	`-`
Property and equipment, net	`405,538`	`526,772`
Total assets	`$1,799,089`	`$996,588`

Liabilities and Members' Equity:
Current liabilities
Account payable	`$91,699`	`$21,635`
Accrued liabilities	`207,073`	`92,782`
Notes payable – related parties	`970,000`	`-`
Total current liabilities	`1,268,772`	`114,417`

Long term liabilities
Notes payable	`90,000`	`133,610`
Deferred tax liabilities	`103,700`	`-`
Total liabilities	`1,462,472`	`248,027`

Commitments and contingencies

Members' and Stockholders’ Equity:
Members' equity	`--`	`748,561`
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 48,000,000 shares authorized; 3,750,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021	`375`	`-`
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized, 1,500,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021	`150`	`-`
Additional paid-in capital	`251,839`	`-`
Retained earnings	`84,253`	`-`
Total members' and stockholders’ equity	`336,617`	`748,561`
Total liabilities and members' and stockholders’ equity	`$1,799,089`	`$996,588`

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3

ELATE GROUP, INC.

(FORMERLY ELATE MOVING LLC)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021	For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Revenue, net	`$4,979,856`	`$4,878,383`
Cost of revenues	`2,325,892`	`1,748,240`
Gross profit	`2,653,964`	`3,130,143`

Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	`539,265`	`787,579`
General and administrative expenses	`880,864`	`764,018`
Total operating expenses	`1,420,129`	`1,551,597`

Income from operations	`1,233,835`	`1,578,546`

Other income (expense):
Interest expense	`(16,931)`	`(131)`
Forgiveness of debt	`43,610`	`-`
Other income (expense), net	`22,763`	`10,879`
Total other income, net	`49,442`	`10,748`

Income before provision for income taxes	`1,283,277`	`1,589,294`

Provision for income taxes	`(111,206)`	`(89,585)`

Net income	`$1,172,071`	`$1,499,709`

Basic and diluted net income per unit/share of common stock	`$0.22`	`$14,997.09`
Weighted-average number of units/shares of common stock used in computing basic and diluted per unit/share of common stock amounts	`5,250,000`	`100`

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4

ELATE GROUP, INC.

(FORMERLY ELATE MOVING LLC)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY

	Members' Equity		Class A Common Stock		Class B Common Stock
	Units	Amount	Shares	Amount	Shares	Amount	Additional Paid-in Capital	Retained Earnings	Total Members’ and Stockholders’ Equity
Balance, December 31, 2019	`100`	`$604,636`	`-`	`$-`	-	`$-`	`$-`	`$-`	`$604,636`
Contributions	`-`	`845,152`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`-`	`845,152`
Distributions	`-`	`(2,200,936)`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`-`	`(2,200,936)`
Net income	`-`	`1,499,709`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`-`	`1,499,709`
Balance, December 31, 2020	`100`	`748,561`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`-`	`748,561`
Contributions	`-`	`-`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`-`	`-`
Distributions	`-`	`(1,466,953)`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`-`	`(1,466,953)`
Conversion from LLC to Corporation	`(100)`	`(369,426)`	`3,750,000`	`375`	1,500,000	`150`	`368,901`	`-`	`-`
Recognition of Deferred Tax Liability	`-`	`-`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`(117,062)`	`-`	`(117,062)`
Net income	`-`	`1,087,818`	`-`	`-`	-	`-`	`-`	`84,253`	`1,172,071`
Balance, December 31, 2021	`-`	`$-`	`3,750,000`	`$375`	1,500,000	`$150`	`$251,839`	`$84,253`	`$336,617`

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5

ELATE GROUP, INC.

(FORMERLY ELATE MOVING LLC)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2021	For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	`$1,172,071`	`$1,499,709`
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	`131,975`	`90,197`
Bad debts	`-`	`17,545`
Gain on forgiveness of debt	`(43,610)`	`-`
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	`(258,374)`	`3,986`
Prepaids and other current assets	`34,653`	`(67,932)`
Accounts payable	`70,064`	`(4,150)`
Accrued liabilities	`114,291`	`60,007`
Deferred tax liabilities	`(13,362)`	`-`
Net cash provided by operating activities	`1,207,708`	`1,599,362`

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment	`(10,741)`	`(209,534)`
Net cash used in investing activities	`(10,741)`	`(209,534)`

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from notes payable	`-`	`133,610`
Payments of offering costs	`(209,895)`	`-`
Member contributions	`-`	`845,152`
Member distributions	`(1,466,953)`	`(2,200,936)`
Proceeds from notes payable – related parties	`970,000`	`-`
Net cash used in financing activities	`(706,848)`	`(1,222,174)`

Change in cash and cash equivalents	`490,119`	`167,654`
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	`376,803`	`209,149`
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	`$866,922`	`$376,803`

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	`$51`	`$131`
Cash paid for income taxes	`$38,041`	`$29,402`

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-6

ELATE GROUP, INC.

(FORMERLY ELATE MOVING LLC)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Elate Group, Inc. ( “Elate Group”), was formed as a Delaware corporation in January 2021. Elate Moving LLC (“Elate Moving”) was formed as a Delaware limited liability company in March 2013 (Elate Group together with Elate Moving, the “Company”) and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Elate Group effective October 4, 2021 through the exchange of 100% of the outstanding membership units (100 units) of Elate Moving, by its members for 1,000,000 shares of common stock of Elate Group (the “Exchange”).

Pursuant to Elate Group’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which increased the authorized number of shares of the Company, the 1,000,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding following the Exchange were reclassified into 5,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock of Elate Group.

Elate Group filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on January 7, 2022 to effect a 1.5-to-2 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) whereby every two (2) outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock became one and one-half (1.5) outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively. Following the Reverse Stock Split, Elate Group’s common stock outstanding consisted of 3,375,000 shares of Class A common stock and 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock.

The Company provides white glove all-inclusive residential and commercial moving services throughout the upper east coast for local relocations and express private long-distance relocations within the U.S. and Canada.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”) are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Furthermore, certain reclassifications have been made to the 2020 financial statements in order to conform with the current-year presentation.

The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the financial statements include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented. The operations of Elate Group have been included since October 4, 2021.

Segments

The Company considered the guidance under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 280-10-50 for Segment Reporting and concluded that our storage market did not constitute a segment as of the reporting periods being presented. An operating segment is defined as a public entity having all of the following: a) it engages in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses; b) its operating results are regularly reviewed by the public entity's chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and c) its discrete financial information is available. Although criteria a) is met, criteria b) and c) are not. Management does not actively allocate, or track costs directly related to the storage market. Additionally, decisions made by management are based upon the entity as a whole. Furthermore, our storage market, as a percentage of revenues and assets were less than 10% of those reported amounts. The Company did not track or calculate operating income of the storage market.

F-7

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reported period. Significant estimates relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts and recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions, and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000 per institution that pays Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance premiums. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The Company records accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts to reflect any loss anticipated on the accounts receivable balances and is charged to other income (expense) in the combined statements of operations. We calculate this allowance based on our history of write-offs, the level of past-due accounts based on the contractual terms of the receivables, and our relationships with and the economic status of, our customers. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was no allowance for uncollectible accounts.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The estimated useful lives for significant furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment categories are approximately five to seven years. Leasehold improvements are the shorter or the asset life or the lease.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets, including intangible assets, may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the Company determines that the carrying value of the asset is not recoverable, a permanent impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. There were no impairments recorded during the periods presented within these financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenue under ASC 606 by analyzing exchanges with its customers using a five-step analysis such as identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The Company’s policy is to record revenue as earned when a firm commitment, indicating performance criteria and transaction price exists, and performance has taken place. The Company records revenues when the services are complete, typically, at the point in which the customers belongings have reached their destination. For storage, the Company records the revenue over the agreed upon storage period. Provisions for discounts, returns, allowances,

F-8

customer rebates and other adjustments are netted with gross sales. The Company accounts for such provisions during the same period in which the related revenues are earned. Provisions for discounts, returns, allowances, customer rebates and other adjustments are minimal and are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company defers amounts which do not meet the criteria above. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, deferred revenues were approximately $15,000 and $0, respectively, and are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

Prior to October 4, 2021 as discussed in Note 1, Elate Moving was taxed as a partnership. Under these provisions, the Company was not subject to federal corporate income taxes on its taxable income. Instead, the Members were liable for individual federal and state income taxes on their respective shares of the Company’s taxable income. However, the Company was subject to certain state, excise, franchise and license fees; the provision for income taxes reflected in the accompanying financial statements consists primarily of such items. Deferred tax assets and liabilities related to these taxes were insignificant.

Subsequent to October 4, 2021, the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or in the Company’s tax returns. Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company evaluates the realizability of deferred tax assets and valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company calculates the current and deferred income tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed income tax returns are recorded when identified. The amount of income taxes paid is subject to examination by U.S. federal and state tax authorities. The estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts and circumstances existing at that time. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions change, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements”, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:

	●	Level 1 - quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
	●	Level 2 - inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
	●	Level 3 - unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

F-9

The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their fair value as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Net Income per Share/Unit

Net income per share/unit is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average units outstanding during the period as defined by Financial Accounting Standards, ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share”. Basic earnings per share/unit (“EPS”) calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares/units outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share/unit calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares/units and dilutive share/unit equivalents outstanding. The Company does not have any dilutive securities outstanding for the periods presented within these financial statements.

The Company’s proforma earnings per share, as if the Company converted to a C Corporation on January 1, 2020, would be $0.29 based on 5,250,000 shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has elected, under Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS” Act), to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This election allows the Company to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to other companies that comply with public company effective dates.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), specifying the accounting for leases, which supersedes the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. Lessees are permitted to make an accounting policy election to not recognize the asset and liability for leases with a term of twelve months or less. Lessors’ accounting is largely unchanged from the previous accounting standard. In addition, Topic 842 expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. Lessees and lessors will use a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes several practical expedients. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021 for emerging growth companies, with early adoption permitted. The Company has reviewed the provisions of the new standard, which is expected to have a significant impact on the Company due to various leases which are currently classified as operating and will be required to be accounted for under the standard.

The FASB issues ASUs to amend the authoritative literature in ASC. There have been several ASUs issued to date, including those above, that amend the original text of ASC. Management believes that those issued to date either (i) provide supplemental guidance, (ii) are technical corrections, (iii) are not applicable to us or (iv) are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

	December 31,	December 31,
	2021	2020
Equipment	`$185,727`	`$174,986`
Vehicles	`520,026`	`520,026`
Property and equipment	`705,753`	`695,012`
Less: accumulated depreciation	`(300,215)`	`(168,240)`
Property and equipment, net	`$405,538`	`$526,772`

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $131,975 and $90,197, respectively.

F-10

NOTE 4 –RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE AND NOTES PAYABLE

In connection with the Exchange, both Kevin Britt and Julia Britt loaned funds to the Company and were issued two promissory notes by the Company each totaling $485,000. The promissory notes are due and payable on October 4, 2022 and incur interest at 5% per annum. As of December 31, 2021, included within accrued liabilities is accrued interest of $16,880.

In April 2020, the Company received $43,610 in payroll protection program loans (“PPP”). These loans provide for certain funding based on previous employment which in part may be forgivable under certain conditions. The remaining portion was to be repaid over eighteen months with a 10-month moratorium on payments and carry a 1% annual interest rate. The loan required no collateral nor a personal guarantee. In March 2021, the Company received forgiveness of the PPP loan which was recognized as a gain on forgiveness of debt at such date.

In June 2020, the Company received a $90,000 economic injury disaster loan (“EIDL”). The loan accrues interest at a rate of 3.75% annually and is collateralized by all personal property and intangible assets of the Company. The loan has a 12-month moratorium on payments, after which monthly principal and interest payments of $439 will be made through the maturity date of June 2050.

The Company has reflected both notes as long-term in the financial statements due to forgiveness of the PPP and an additional deferral of EIDL payments for an additional year. In addition, the five-year payout schedule has been excluded due to the insignificant annual payments required under the EIDL loan.

NOTE 5 – INCOME TAXES

The Company recorded the following provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31:

	2021	2020
Current:
Federal	`$33,836`	`$-`
State	`90,732`	`89,585`
	`124,568`	`89,585`

Deferred:
Federal	`(10,457)`	`-`
State	`(2,905)`	`-`
	`(13,362)`	`-`
Valuation Allowance	`-`	`-`
Total provision for income taxes	`$111,206`	`$89,585`

The Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31:

	2021	2020
Depreciation and Amortization	`$(108,208)`	`$-`
Reserve and Accruals	`4,508`	`-`
Gross Deferred Tax Assets	`(103,700)`	`-`

Valuation Allowance	`-`	`-`

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities	`$(103,700)`	`$-`

F-11

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the effective rate was approximately 9% and 6%, respectively. The Company’s federal income tax rate was 21% for the period from October 4, to December 31, 2021 and zero for 2021 and 2020 periods outside this range. The difference between the federal statutory rate and the effective tax rate was due to deferred liabilities and state taxes due, primarily to Connecticut, under the limited liability tax rules.

Prior to October 4, 2021, the Company was a limited liability company whereby its income or loss was allocated to the members. Upon the establishment of Elate Group, a C-corporation, and the acquisition of Elate Moving, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $117,062 in connection with excess depreciation taken by Elate Moving prior to the acquisition. For tax purposes, Elate Moving is considered a disregarded entity.

The Company has timely filed all its United States Federal and State tax returns. The Company has identified the United States Federal tax returns as its “major” tax jurisdiction, and for state tax reporting, the Indiana Department of Revenue. The Company‘s Federal income tax returns, primarily Elate Moving, for the 2013 tax year forward is still subject to examination by the IRS. The Company’s state income tax return years for the tax year 2013 forward is still subject to examination by the corresponding state authorities. We do not currently have any ongoing tax examinations.

NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has various leases which house the Company’s operations and vehicles. The leases are for periods ranging from four to five years. The following are the expected lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2021:

Years ending December 31:
2022	`$131,226`
2023	`54,802`
2024	`45,669`
	`$231,697`

Rent expense, including short-term leases, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $638,322 and $601,685, respectively.

In November 2021, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement with Aegis Capital Corp., or Aegis, in connection with a proposed initial public offering of the Company. Per the agreement, the Company will pay to Aegis a fee of 7% of the offering proceeds and a non-accountable expense allowance of 1% of the offering proceeds. The Company will also issue warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock in an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The warrants will be exercisable from the date that is six months from the commencement of the sales of the offering and will expire on the date that is five years from the commencement of the sales of the offering and will contain an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the securities sold in the offering.

F-12

NOTE 7 – STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY

Prior to October 4, 2021, the Company’s ownership was based upon a maximum of 100% allocation. Allocation of profits and losses are determined by the members and typically follow the percentage allocations. To enact significant transactions, such as a liquidation, it takes the majority vote of the members. Distributions to members are made from available funds and recorded as a reduction to the members’ capital account.

The Company’s authorized capital consists of 48,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. There have been no shares of preferred stock issued or designated.

Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. Class B common stock may be converted into a share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder of Class B common stock and will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the voluntary or involuntary transfer of Class B common stock, whether or not for value, except for a transfer of Class B common stock within the Britt Family or to trusts held for the benefit of the Britt Family.

The rights of holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to certain voting and conversion rights. The record holders of our Class B common stock, Kevin Britt and Julia Britt (and together with their issue, the “Britt Family”), are entitled to ten votes per share and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. All holders of Class A common stock and all holders of Class B common stock vote together as a single group on all matters submitted to a vote or consent of our stockholders, except for the election of Class B Directors, as our Common B common stockholders my elect two members of our Board of Directors.

Further, as long as Class B shares are outstanding, Class B director approvals are required for the following events: (i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation; (ii) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation; (iii) issue any additional classes of capital stock; (iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors; (v) hire, terminate change the compensation or amend employment agreements of the executive officers; (vi) declare and pay dividends on any shares of capital stock; (vii) authorize or issue any debt instrument over $100,000; (viii) make a loan or advance outside of the ordinary course of business to any employee or director; (ix) create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Corporation; (x) change to principal business of the Corporation; (xi) enter into any agreement, contract or arrangement involving a payment of money or assets greater than $100,000; (xii) enter into a transaction outside of the ordinary course of business with any director, officer or employee; and (xiii) acquire, by merger of stock, asset purchase or securities of any other corporation or partnership.

On January 7, 2022, Elate Group effected the Reverse Stock Split. The effects of the Reverse Stock Split have been retroactively applied to these financial statements. The amounts included in these financial statements should be retroactively restated for the effects of the Reverse Stock Split in January 2022.

See Note 1 for additional disclosures on the capital structure.

F-13

NOTE 8 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

See Note 7 for discussion of a subsequent event regarding the Reverse Stock Split in January 2022.

On March 15, 2022, the Company authorized the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) authorizing 7,500,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock for issuance as stock options to employees, directors or consultants. The Plan was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the Company’s voting stock.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 17, 2022, the filing date of these financial statements and has disclosed that there are no other events that are material to the financial statements to be disclosed.

F-14

Elate Group, Inc.

Up to [ ] Common Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock

Up to [ ] Pre-funded Units, each consisting of a Pre-funded Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock

PROSPECTUS

Aegis Capital Corp.

, 2022

Until , 2022, all dealers effecting transactions in our securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

PART II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

Expense	Amount To Be Paid
SEC registration fee	$	3,685
FINRA filing fee		6,463
NASDAQ listing fee		5,000
Transfer agent’s fees		10,000
Legal fees and expenses		350,000
Accounting fees and expenses		20,000
Miscellaneous		10,000
Expense reimbursement to Underwriter		100,000
Total	$	505,148

The table above sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than the underwriting discount, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the SEC Registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee, is an estimate.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of the offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director. Set forth below is Article VIII(A) – (D) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

A. Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section C of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

II-1

B. Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or otherwise.

C. Claims by Directors and Officers. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

D.Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of the offering provide that: the Company is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; the Company may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL; the Company is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and the rights conferred in the Amended and Restated Bylaws are not exclusive. Set forth below is Article V of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws:

Section 1. Actions other than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

II-2

Section 2. Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Success on the Merits. To the extent that any person described in Section 1 or 2 of this Article V has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in said Sections, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

Section 4. Specific Authorization. Any indemnification under Section 1 or 2 of this Article V (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of any person described in said Sections is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding (even though less than a quorum), or (2) if there are no disinterested Directors or if a majority of disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel (who may be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 5. Advance Payment. Expenses incurred in defending a pending or threatened civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of any person described in said Section to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification by the Corporation as authorized in this Article V.

Section 6. Non-Exclusivity. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other Sections of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those provided indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Section 7. Insurance. The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of the majority of the full Board, the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

Section 8. Continuation of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

II-3

Section 9. Severability. If any word, clause or provision of this Article V or any award made hereunder shall for any reason be determined to be invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby but shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 10. Intent of Article. The intent of this Article V is to provide for indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. To the extent that such Section or any successor section may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Article V shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.

The Company intends to continue to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Company regarding which indemnification is sought. The indemnification provisions in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the indemnification agreements to be entered into between the Company and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Company’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

The following list sets forth information regarding all securities sold or issued by the registrant in the three years preceding the date of this registration statement. No underwriters were involved in these sales. There was no general solicitation of investors or advertising, and we did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, in connection with the offering of these shares. In each of the transactions described below, the recipients of the securities represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

As of April 1, 2022, 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock and 3,750,000 shares of Class A common stock were issued and outstanding. Of this amount, 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock shares and 3,750,000 shares of Class A common stock shares were granted to employees and non-employee directors of the company. During fiscal year 2021, 7,000,000 shares of restricted stock were issued to employees and non-employee directors of the company. As a result of a one and one-half (1.5)-for-two (2) reverse stock split on January 7, 2022, the foregoing was reduced to 5,250,000 shares of restricted stock.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

II-4

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a)The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

Exhibit Number		Description
1.1**		Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1*		Certificate of Incorporation of Elate Group, Inc.

3.2*		Bylaws of Elate Group, Inc.

3.3*		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Elate Group, Inc.

3.4*		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Elate Group, Inc.

3.5*		Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Elate Group, Inc.

4.1**		Form of Warrant to be issued in this offering.

4.2**		Form of Underwriter Warrant.

5.1**		Opinion of Buchalter, APC, regarding validity of the shares of Class A common stock registered.

10.1*		Promissory Note issued in favor of Kevin Britt, dated as of October 4, 2021.

10.2*		Promissory Note issued in favor of Kevin Britt, dated as of October 4, 2021.

10.3*+		Elate Group, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan

10.4*+		Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2022, between Elate Group, Inc. and Julia Britt.

10.5*+		Employment Agreement, dated March 18, 2022, between Elate Group, Inc. and Kevin Britt.

10.6**+		Employment Agreement, dated , 2022, between Elate Group, Inc. and Garry Lowenthal.

10.7*+		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement and Grant Notice under 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.8*+		Form of Stock Option Agreement and Grant Notice under 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.9*+		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Grant Notice under 2022 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.10*+		Incentive Stock Option Milestone Grant issued to Kevin Britt, dated as of March 18, 2022.

10.11*+		Consulting Agreement, as amended, between Elate Group, Inc. and Garry Lowenthal, dated December 16, 2021.

10.12*		Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Elate Group, Inc. with its Officers and Directors.

10.13**		Form of Warrant Agent Agreement.

10.13**		Form of Pre-funded Warrant.

21.1*		Subsidiaries of Elate Group, Inc.

23.1*		Consent of Macias Gini & O’Connell, LLP

23.2**		Consent of Buchalter, APC (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)

24.1*		Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)


107.1		Filing Fee Table

*	Filed herewith.

**	To be filed by amendment.

+	Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b) Financial statement schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of New York, on April 1, 2022.


	ELATE GROUP, INC.

	By:
		Name: Kevin Britt
		Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears immediately below constitutes and appoints Kevin Britt and Garry Lowenthal, and any one or more of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature	Title	Date

	Chief Executive Officer, President	April 1, 2022
Kevin Britt	and Director
	(principal executive officer)

	Chief Financial Officer and Director	April 1, 2022
Garry Lowenthal	(principal financial officer)

	Chief Accounting Officer	April 1, 2022
Julia Britt	(principal accounting officer)

	Director	April 1, 2022
Andre Peschong

	Director	April 1, 2022
Gary Stein

Exhibit 10.3

ELATE GROUP, INC.

2022 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding certain employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company to promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan authorizes the award of Stock-based and cash-based incentives to Eligible Persons.

2.Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a)“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

(b)“Award” means any Option, award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, or other Stock-based or cash-based award granted under the Plan.

(c)“Award Agreement” means an Option Agreement, a Restricted Stock Agreement, an RSU Agreement, or an agreement governing the grant of any other Award granted under the Plan.

(d)“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(i)“Cause” means, with respect to a Participant and in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Cause, (i) the Participant’s plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, conviction of, or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (A) constituting a felony or (B) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Service Recipient, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) conduct of the Participant, in connection with his or her employment or service, that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (iii) any material violation of the policies of the Service Recipient, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment, ethics, discrimination, or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals, or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (iv) the Participant’s act(s) of negligence or willful misconduct in the course of his or her employment or service with the Service Recipient; (v) misappropriation by the Participant of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; (vi) embezzlement or fraud committed by the Participant, at the Participant’s direction, or with the Participant’s prior actual knowledge; or (vii) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties. If, subsequent to the Termination of a Participant for any or no reason (other than a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause), it is discovered that grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service for Cause existed,

such Participant’s employment or service shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be deemed to have been terminated by the Service Recipient for Cause for all purposes under the Plan, and the Participant shall be required to repay or return to the Company all amounts and benefits received by him or her in respect of any Award following such Termination that would have been forfeited under the Plan had such Termination been by the Service Recipient for Cause. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Cause, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement are complied with.

(e)“Change in Control” means:

(i)a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets other than to an Excluded Entity (as defined below);

(ii)a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, limited liability company or other entity other than an Excluded Entity; or

(iii)the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of all of the Company's then outstanding voting securities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its purpose is to (A) change the jurisdiction of the Company's incorporation, (B) create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company's securities immediately before such transaction, or (C) obtain funding for the Company in a financing that is approved by the Company's Board. An “Excluded Entity” means a corporation or other entity of which the holders of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are the direct or indirect holders of voting securities representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all of such corporation's or other entity's voting securities outstanding immediately after such transaction.

(f)“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto. Any reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include reference to any rules, regulations, or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations, or guidance.

(g)“Committee” means the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee consisting of two or more individuals appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and each other individual or committee of individuals designated to exercise authority under the Plan.

(h)“Company” means Elate Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

(i)“Corporate Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

(j)“Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 19(g) hereof.

(k)“Disability” means, in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Disability, “Disability” shall have the meaning provided in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement.

(l)“Disqualifying Disposition” means any disposition (including any sale) of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option made within the period that ends either (i) two (2) years after the date on which the Participant was granted the Incentive Stock Option or (ii) one (1) year after the date upon which the Participant acquired the Stock.

(m)“Effective Date” means March 15, 2022, which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.

(n)“Eligible Person” means (i) each employee and officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (ii) each non-employee director of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) each other natural Person who provides substantial services to the Company or any of its Affiliates as a consultant or advisor (or a wholly owned alter ego entity of the natural Person providing such services of which such Person is an employee, stockholder, or partner) and who is designated as eligible by the Committee; and (iv) each natural Person who has been offered employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such Person has commenced employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates; provided, further, however, that (A) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as a “stock right” that does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the term “Affiliate” as used in this Section 2(n) shall include only those corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company where each of the corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain, other than the last corporation or other entity, owns stock possessing at least 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain, and (B) with respect to any Award that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the term “Affiliate” as used in this Section 2(n) shall include only those entities that qualify as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.

(o)“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

(p)“Expiration Date” means, with respect to an Option, the date on which the term of such Option expires, as determined under Section 5(b) hereof, as applicable.

(q)“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date when the Stock is listed on one or more national securities exchange(s), the closing price reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Stock is listed and traded on the date of determination or, if the closing price is not reported on such date of determination, the closing price reported on the most recent date prior to the date of determination. If the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the amount determined by the Board in good faith, and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to be the fair market value per share of Stock.

(r)“GAAP” means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.

(s)“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(t)“Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

(u)“Option” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Stock at a specified price during a specified time period.

(v)“Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option Award.

(w)“Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan or, if applicable, such other Person who holds an Award.

(x)“Participant Agreement” means an employment or other services agreement between a Participant and the Service Recipient that describes the terms and conditions of such Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient and is effective as of the date of determination.

(y)“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

(z)“Plan” means this Equate Group, Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(aa)“Qualified Member” means a member of the Committee who is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” as defined under, as applicable, the NASDAQ Listing Rules, the NYSE Listed Company Manual, or other applicable stock exchange rules.

(bb)“Qualifying Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

(cc)“Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(dd)“Restricted Stock Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Stock Award.

(ee)“Restricted Stock Unit” means a notional unit representing the right to receive one share of Stock (or the cash value of one share of Stock, if so determined by the Committee) on a specified settlement date.

(ff)“RSU Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Restricted Stock Units.

(gg)“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

(hh)“Service Recipient” means, with respect to a Participant holding an Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(ii)“Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for such stock pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

(jj)“Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee at the time of any change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (e.g., a Participant ceases to be an employee and begins providing services as a consultant, or vice versa), such change in status will not be deemed a Termination hereunder. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute the Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (for example, a change from employee to consultant) shall not be deemed a Termination hereunder with respect to any Awards constituting “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination, unless such change in status constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments in respect of an Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination shall be delayed for such period as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. On the first (1st) business day following

the expiration of such period, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump sum without interest, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule applicable to such Award.

3.Administration.

(a)Authority of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case, subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (i) select Eligible Persons to become Participants; (ii) grant Awards; (iii) determine the type, number, and type of shares of Stock subject to, other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards; (iv) prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; (v) construe and interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein; (vi) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time or such shorter period required by, or necessary to comply with, applicable law; and (vii) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its stockholders and Affiliates, Eligible Persons, Participants, and beneficiaries of Participants. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the ability to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Award at any time and for any reason, including upon a Corporate Event, subject to Section 9(d), or in the event of a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or due to the Participant’s death, Disability, or retirement (as such term may be defined in an applicable Award Agreement or Participant Agreement or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then-current employment policies and guidelines). For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall have the authority to take all actions under the Plan that the Committee is permitted to take.

(b)Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority. At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award granted or to be granted to a Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company must be taken by the remaining members of the Committee or a subcommittee, designated by the Committee or the Board, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members (a “Qualifying Committee”). Any action authorized by such a Qualifying Committee shall be deemed the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan. The express grant of any specific power to a Qualifying Committee, and the taking of any action by such a Qualifying Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.

(c)Delegation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions under the Plan, including, but not limited to, administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan. Any actions

taken by an officer or employee delegated authority pursuant to this Section 3(c) within the scope of such delegation shall, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to be an action taken by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including any non-employee director of the Company or any Affiliate) or to any Eligible Person who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be expressly approved by the Committee or Qualifying Committee in accordance with Section 3(b) above.

(d)Sections 409A and 457A. The Committee shall take into account compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable. While the Awards granted hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the imposition of any penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant as a result of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any similar state or local laws (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code).

4.Shares Available Under the Plan; Other Limitations. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall equal 7,500,000 (the “Share Reserve”). The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double-counting, and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award. To the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares of Stock will again be available for grant. Shares of Stock withheld or surrendered in payment of taxes or the exercise price relating to an Award shall not be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan. No more than 7,500,000 shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 hereof) reserved for issuance hereunder may be issued or transferred upon exercise or settlement of Incentive Stock Options.

5.Options.

(a)General. Certain Options granted under the Plan may be intended to be Incentive Stock Options; however, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder following the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, and (ii) the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan. Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company or an Affiliate (as such definition is limited pursuant to Section 2(n) hereof) of the Company. The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in separate Option Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options.

(b)Term. The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Option shall expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date it was granted.

(c)Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, subject to Section 5(g) hereof in the case of any Incentive Stock Option..

(d)Payment for Stock. Payment for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Option granted hereunder shall be made in full upon exercise of the Option in a manner approved by the Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods: (i) in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check; (ii) by delivery of shares of Stock having a value equal to the exercise price; (iii) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the Committee, whereby payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with shares of Stock subject to the Option by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations; or (iv) by any other means approved by the Committee (including, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive (A) the number of shares of Stock underlying the Option so exercised, reduced by (B) the number of shares of Stock equal to (I) the aggregate exercise price of the Option divided by (II) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available.

(e)Vesting. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an Option Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting may be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires, is canceled, or otherwise terminates.

(f)Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an Option Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise:

(i)In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (A) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (B) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (I) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease; (II) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate

and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (III) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date, and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.

(ii)In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease; (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (I) the applicable Expiration Date, and (II) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination. In the event of a Participant’s death, such Participant’s outstanding Options shall remain exercisable by the Person or Persons to whom such Participant’s rights under the Options pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution until the applicable Expiration Date, but only to the extent that the Options were vested at the time of such Termination.

(iii)In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Options outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

(g)Special Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options.

(i)No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person who, at the time the Option is granted, owns directly, or indirectly within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, Stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary thereof, unless such Incentive Stock Option (A) has an exercise price of at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant of such Option, and (B) cannot be exercised more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.

(ii)To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

(iii)Each Participant who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

6.Restricted Stock.

(a)General. Restricted Stock may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Awards of Restricted Stock shall be set forth in separate Restricted Stock Agreements, which Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical. Subject to the restrictions set forth in

Section 6(b) hereof, and except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, cash dividends and stock dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.

(b)Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Restricted Stock shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Award of Restricted Stock shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting may be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Stock prior to the time the Restricted Stock has vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement.

(c)Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a Restricted Stock Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock has vested, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock outstanding shall cease; and (ii) as soon as practicable following such Termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, all of such Participant’s unvested shares of Restricted Stock at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (A) the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock (as adjusted for any subsequent changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company), less any dividends or other distributions or bonus received (or to be received) by the Participant (or any transferee) in respect of such Restricted Stock prior to the date of repurchase, and (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of such repurchase; provided, that, if the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock is equal to zero dollars ($0), such unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

7.Restricted Stock Units.

(a)General. Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Restricted Stock Units shall be set forth in separate RSU Agreements, which RSU Agreements need not be identical.

(b)Vesting. Restricted Stock Units shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting may be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.

(c)Settlement. Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in Stock, cash, or property, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the date or dates determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s RSU Agreement, a Participant shall not be entitled to dividends, if any, or dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units prior to settlement.

(d)Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an RSU Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any or no reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units have been settled, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall cease; (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination; and (iii) any shares remaining undelivered with respect to vested Restricted Stock Units then held by such Participant shall be delivered on the delivery date or dates specified in the RSU Agreement.

8.Other Stock-Based and Cash-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon or related to Stock or cash, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may also grant Stock or cash as a bonus (whether or not subject to any vesting requirements or other restrictions on transfer), and may grant other Awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or an Affiliate to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions applicable to such Awards shall be determined by the Committee and evidenced by Award Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.

9.Adjustment for Recapitalization, Merger, etc.

(a)Capitalization Adjustments. The aggregate and numerical number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof), the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, the price per share of Stock underlying each such Award and the applicable performance goal(s) with respect to an Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as to the number, price, or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards, (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse

stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event); (ii) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of Stock, whether payable in the form of cash, stock, or any other form of consideration; or (iii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or circumstances that results in or could result in, in either case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan. In lieu of or in addition to any adjustment pursuant to this Section 9, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may provide that an adjustment take the form of a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award with respect to all or part of an outstanding Award, which payment shall be subject to such terms and conditions (including timing of payment(s), vesting, and forfeiture conditions) as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. The Committee will make such adjustments, substitutions, or payment, and its determination will be final, binding, and conclusive. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.

(b)Corporate Events. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Participant Agreement, or otherwise, in connection with (1) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation; (2) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash; (3) a Change in Control; or (4) the reorganization, dissolution, or liquidation of the Company (each, a “Corporate Event”), the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:

(i)The assumption or substitution of any or all Awards in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in Section 9(a) hereof, and to the extent that such Awards vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria, such performance criteria shall be deemed earned at target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level) and will be converted into solely service based vesting awards that will vest during the performance period, if any, during which the original performance criteria would have been measured;

(ii)The acceleration of vesting of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided that unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, any Awards that vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria will be deemed earned at target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level), provided, further, that a Participant has not experienced a Termination prior to such Corporate Event;

(iii)The cancellation of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, together with the payment to the Participants holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest upon the Corporate Event but for such cancellation) so

canceled of an amount in respect of cancellation equal to an amount based upon the per-share consideration being paid for the Stock in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise or base price; provided, however, that holders of Options and other Awards subject to exercise shall be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards only if the per-share consideration less the applicable exercise or base price is greater than zero dollars ($0), and to the extent that the per-share consideration is less than or equal to the applicable exercise or base price, such Awards shall be canceled for no consideration;

(iv)The cancellation of any or all Options and other Awards subject to exercise not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided, that, all Options and other Awards to be so canceled pursuant to this paragraph (iv) shall first become exercisable for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such Corporate Event, with any exercise during such period of any unvested Options or other Awards to be (A) contingent upon and subject to the occurrence of the Corporate Event, and (B) effectuated by such means as are approved by the Committee; and

(v)The replacement of any or all Awards (other than Awards that are intended to qualify as “stock rights” that do not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced and payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the applicable vesting date.

Payments to holders pursuant to paragraph (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, and to the extent applicable, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or a combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise or base price). In addition, in connection with any Corporate Event, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 9(b), the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his or her Awards; (B) bear such Participant’s pro-rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock; and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.

(c)Fractional Shares. Any adjustment provided under this Section 9 may, in the Committee’s discretion, provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award. No cash settlements shall be made with respect to fractional shares so eliminated.

10.Use of Proceeds. The proceeds received from the sale of Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

11.Rights and Privileges as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of Stock ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that Person.

12.Transferability of Awards. Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent subject to exercise, Awards may not be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee other than by the grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Awards and a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be transferable for no value to the extent provided in an Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee.

13.Employment or Service Rights. No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for the grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

14.Compliance with Laws. The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award, unless such shares have been properly registered for sale with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (or with a similar non-U.S. regulatory agency pursuant to a similar law or regulation), or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan or any shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

15.Withholding Obligations. As a condition to the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award (or upon the making of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code), the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the amount of all federal, state, and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement (or election). The Committee, in its discretion, may permit shares of Stock to be used to satisfy tax

withholding requirements, and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement date of the Award, as applicable. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold by considering the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates in the applicable Participant’s jurisdiction, including maximum applicable rates that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and is permitted under applicable withholding rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or another applicable governmental entity.

16.Amendment of the Plan or Awards.

(a)Amendment of Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time.

(b)Amendment of Awards. The Board or the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more Awards at any time and from time to time.

(c)Stockholder Approval; No Material Impairment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall be effective without stockholder approval to the extent that such approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed. Additionally, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall materially impair a Participant’s rights under any Award unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 9 hereof, shall constitute an amendment to the Plan or an Award for such purpose). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without an affected Participant’s consent, the Board or the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or any one or more Awards from time to time as necessary to bring such Awards into compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.

(d)No Repricing of Awards Without Stockholder Approval. Notwithstanding Sections 16(a) or 16(b) above, or any other provision of the Plan, the repricing of Awards shall not be permitted without stockholder approval. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (i) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise or base price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from share splits, etc., as described in Section 9(a) hereof); (ii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP; and (iii) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Award in exchange for another Award at a time when its exercise or base price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

17.Termination or Suspension of the Plan. The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated;

provided, however, that following any suspension or termination of the Plan, the Plan shall remain in effect for the purpose of governing all Awards then outstanding hereunder until such time as all Awards under the Plan have been terminated, forfeited, or otherwise canceled, or earned, exercised, settled, or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.

18.Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date, subject to stockholder approval.

19.Miscellaneous.

(a)Treatment of Dividends and Dividend Equivalents on Unvested Awards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that provides for or includes a right to dividends or dividend equivalents, if dividends are declared during the period that an equity Award is outstanding, such dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall either (i) not be paid or credited with respect to such Award, or (ii) be accumulated but remain subject to vesting requirement(s) to the same extent as the applicable Award and shall only be paid at the time or times such vesting requirement(s) are satisfied. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options.

(b)Certificates. Stock acquired pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that (i) such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Stock; (ii) the Company retain physical possession of the certificates; and (iii) the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Stock shall be held in book-entry form rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of any applicable restrictions.

(c)Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefits under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

(d)Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Committee consents, resolutions, or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule, or number of shares of Stock) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in connection with the preparation of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control, and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.

(e)Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall be and remain subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect or as may be adopted by the Board (or a committee or subcommittee of the Board) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time. No such policy adoption or amendment shall in any event require the prior consent of any Participant. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. In the event that an Award is subject to more than one such policy, the policy with the most restrictive clawback or recoupment provisions shall govern such Award, subject to applicable law.

(f)Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option is granted to an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates in the United States who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option will not be first exercisable for any shares of Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option (although the Option may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such employee dies or suffers a Disability; (ii) upon a Corporate Event in which such Option is not assumed, continued, or substituted; (iii) upon a Change in Control; or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the applicable Award Agreement or a Participant Agreement or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options held by such employee may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting, or issuance of any shares under any other Award will be exempt from such employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 19(f) will apply to all Awards.

(g)Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 19(g) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “Data”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients

to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Stock. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

(h)Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by non-U.S. tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section 19(h) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are non-U.S. nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.

(i)Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company or any of its Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an employee of the Company and the employee has a change in status from a full-time employee to a part-time employee) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Committee has the right in its sole discretion to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares of Stock subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(j)No Liability of Committee Members. Neither any member of the Committee nor any of the Committee’s permitted delegates shall be liable personally by reason of any contract or

other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against all costs and expenses (including counsel fees) and liabilities (including sums paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, unless arising out of such Person’s own fraud or willful misconduct; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such Person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(k)Payments Following Accidents or Illness. If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(l)Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

(m)Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document or “writing” will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled or authorized by the Company to which the Participant has access) to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(n)Arbitration. All disputes and claims of any nature that a Participant (or such Participant’s transferee or estate) may have against the Company arising out of or in any way related to the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by binding arbitration conducted in the State of Delaware (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 19(n), the provisions of this Section 19(n) shall control). The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration. Within ten (10) business days after the receipt of a written demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing, or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration. The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators, and shall have no

prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided, that, if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above. The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of the arbitrators and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel. The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the constitution of the arbitration panel. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration. The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or any Delaware state court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.

(o)Statute of Limitations. A Participant or any other person filing a claim for benefits under the Plan must file the claim within one (1) year of the date the Participant or other person knew or should have known of the facts giving rise to the claim. This one (1)-year statute of limitations will apply in any forum where a Participant or any other person may file a claim and, unless the Company waives the time limits set forth above in its sole discretion, any claim not brought within the time periods specified shall be waived and forever barred.

(p)Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be required to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees and service providers under general law.

(q)Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting, or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted, or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any Person or Persons other than such member.

(r)Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:	March 15, 2022
APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:	March 15, 2022
TERMINATION DATE:	March 15, 2032

Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)				Amount Of Registration Fee
Common Units (3)	$	$17,250,000	(2)(4)(5)	$	1,599.08
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, included in Common Units		-	(6)		-
Warrants included in the Common Units (7)		-	(6)		-
Pre-funded Units (8)		-	(5)(9)		-
Pre-funded Warrants included in the Pre-funded Units (10)		-	(11)		-
Warrants included in the Pre-funded Units (7)		-	(11)		-
Class A common stock underlying the Pre-funded Warrants included in the Pre-funded Units		-			-
Class A common stock underlying the Warrants included in the Common Units and the Pre-funded Units	$	21,562,500	(2)	$	$1,998.85
Underwriter Warrants (12)		-			-
Common stock underlying Underwriter Warrants (13)	$	937,500		$	86.91
Total	$	39,750,000		$	3,684.84

(1)	Pursuant to Rule 416, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional securities as may be issued after the date hereof as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(2)	Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) on the basis of the maximum aggregate offering price of all of the securities to be registered.
(3)	Each Common Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant.
(4)	Includes shares of Class A common stock and/or Warrants representing 15% of the number of shares of Class A common stock and Warrants included in the Common Units offered to the public that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(5)	The proposed maximum aggregate offering price of Common Units proposed to be sold in the offering will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis based on the offering price of any Pre-funded Units offered and sold in the offering, and the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the Pre-funded Units to be sold in the offering will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis based on the offering price of any Common Units sold in the offering. Accordingly, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the Common Units and Pre-funded Units (including the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants included in the Pre-funded Units), if any, is $17,250,000.
(6)	Included in the price of the Common Units. No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(7)	The Warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 125% of the Common Unit offering price.
(8)	Each Pre-funded Unit consists of one Pre-funded Warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock and one Warrant.
(9)	Includes Pre-funded Warrants and/or Warrants representing 15% of the number of Pre-funded Warrants and Warrants included in the Pre-funded Units offered to the public that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(10)	The Pre-funded warrants are exercisable at an exercise price of $0.001 per share.
(11)	Included in the price of the Pre-funded Units. No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(12)	No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).
(13)	Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue to the Underwriter warrants to purchase the number of shares of our Class A common stock (the “Underwrite Warrants”) in the aggregate equal to 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued and sold in this offering (excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option described herein and the exercsie of any Warrants). The Underwriter Warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price per Common Unit. As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g), the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the Underwriter Warrants is $937,500, which is equal to 125% of $750,000 (5% of $15,000,000).

	By:	/s/ Kevin Britt
	Name:	Kevin Britt
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

BORROWER:

Elate Group, Inc.,
A Delaware corporation


By:	/s/ Kevin Britt
	Kevin Britt
	President

Number of Shares Subject to Option	Market Capitalization Milestone
250,000	$50,000,000
250,000	$100,000,000
250,000	$150,000,000
250,000	$200,000,000
250,000	$250,000,000
250,000	$300,000,000
250,000	$350,000,000
250,000	$400,000,000
250,000	$450,000,000
250,000	$500,000,000

	ELATE GROUP, INC.



	By:	/s/ Garry Lowenthal
	Name:	Garry Lowenthal
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
	Date:	March 18, 2022



	KEVIN BRITT


	/s/ Kevin Britt
	Kevin Britt

	Date:	March 18, 2022

Name of Participant:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Restricted Shares Subject to the Award:

Name of Participant:
Date of Grant:
Number of Shares of Stock Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Expiration Date:

Type of Grant:	[Insert Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option.^¹]
Exercise Schedule:	Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule:	[To be inserted.]

Vesting Schedule:	[Time or performance vesting criteria to be inserted.]
Issuance Schedule:	Subject to any adjustment as provided in Section 9(a) of the Plan, one share of Stock will be issued for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests, with the time of issuance set forth in Section 6 of the RSU Agreement.

ELATE GROUP, INC.		PARTICIPANT:


By:	/s/ Garry Lowenthal	/s/ Kevin Britt
Title:	Garry Lowenthal	Kevin Britt
Date:	March 18, 2022	Date:	March 18, 2022

Year over Year Revenue Growth as a Percentage Increase	Cash Compensatio n	Equity Compensation*
25%	$30,000	$30,000 of Class A common stock
50%	$45,000	$45,000 of Class A common stock
*The number of shares of Class A common stock issued in an Annual Bonus will equal the quotient of the dollar value of restricted Class A common stock in this table over the Closing Stock Price of Class A common stock as of December 31 of such year (or the last Closing Stock Price if December 31 falls on a weekend, holiday, or other day in which the exchange on which the shares are listed is closed for trading). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may issue restricted shares if the Company has no active S-8 Registration Statement, and is under no obligation to register such shares.

“The Company”		“Consultant”
ELATE GROUP, INC.		GARRY LOWENTHAL



By:	/s/ Kevin Britt	/s/ Garry Lowenthal
Name:	Kevin Britt	Garry Lowenthal
Title:	Chief Executive Officer